LUK 8 25 f2wp τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν 1 Who then is this This is a genuine question, not a statement in question form. The disciples are looking for information about what kind of person Jesus could be if he can do this. Alternate translation: “What kind of man is this”
LUK 8 25 l434 figs-metonymy τῷ ὕδατι 1 the water The disciples are figuratively describing the violent waves that had threatened the boat by reference to the water that these waves arose from. Alternate translation: “the waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 8 26 f17p translate-names τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 the region of the Gerasenes The name **Gerasenes** refers to people from the city of Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 8 26 p9zp ἀντιπέρα τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 opposite Galilee “on the other side of the lake from Galilee”
LUK 8 26 p9zp ἀντιπέρα τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 opposite Galilee Alternate translation: “on the other side of the lake from Galilee”
LUK 8 27 l435 figs-ellipsis ἐξελθόντι…αὐτῷ 1 when he came out Here Luke is writing in a compact way. He means that Jesus **came out** of the boat. Alternate translation: “when Jesus got out of the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 8 27 hjh5 writing-participants ἀνήρ τις ἐκ τῆς πόλεως 1 a certain man from the city This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “a man who was from the city of Gerasa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 8 27 ji6p ἔχων δαιμόνια 1 who had demons Alternate translation: “who was controlled by demons” or “whom demons controlled”
@ -8,35 +8,35 @@ EPH 1 2 x9ey χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace to you and pea
EPH 1 3 lm67 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this book, unless otherwise stated, the words “us” and “we” refer to Paul, the believers in Ephesus, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EPH 1 3 zdh3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul opens his letter by talking about the believers’ position and their safety before God.
EPH 1 3 g6sj figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ You can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Let us praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 1 3 cr9h ὁ εὐλογήσας ἡμᾶς 1 who has blessed us “for God has blessed us”
EPH 1 3 m8qh πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ 1 every spiritual blessing “every blessing coming from the Spirit of God”
EPH 1 3 cr9h ὁ εὐλογήσας ἡμᾶς 1 who has blessed us Alternate translation: “for God has blessed us”
EPH 1 3 m8qh πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ 1 every spiritual blessing Alternate translation: “every blessing coming from the Spirit of God”
EPH 1 3 j2lk ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places “in the supernatural world.” The word **heavenly** refers to the place where God is.
EPH 1 3 v9qz figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 in Christ Here, **in Christ** could mean: (1) a metaphor referring to our close relationship with Christ. Alternate translation: “by uniting us with Christ” or “because we are united with Christ” (2) what Christ has done. Alternate translation: “through Christ” or “through what Christ has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 4 ibv6 figs-doublet ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώμους 1 holy and blameless Paul uses these two similar words to emphasize moral goodness. If your language does not have two similar words, you can use one word for both, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EPH 1 4 ab01 figs-doublenegatives ἀμώμους 1 blameless The word **blameless** contains two negative ideas: “blame” or “fault,” and “-less,” which means “without.” If your readers would misunderstand this, the two negative ideas can be replaced with the corresponding positive idea, “perfect.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
EPH 1 5 fp7l 0 General Information: The words “his,” “He,” and “he” refer to God.
EPH 1 5 h7pn figs-exclusive προορίσας ἡμᾶς εἰς υἱοθεσίαν 1 he predestined us for adoption The word **us** refers to Paul, the Ephesian church, and all believers in Christ. Alternate translation: “God planned long ago to adopt us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EPH 1 5 pq1x προορίσας ἡμᾶς 1 he predestined us “God chose us ahead of time” or “God chose us long ago”
EPH 1 5 pq1x προορίσας ἡμᾶς 1 he predestined us Alternate translation: “God chose us ahead of time” or “God chose us long ago”
EPH 1 5 e6f6 figs-metaphor εἰς υἱοθεσίαν 1 for adoption Here, **adoption** is a metaphor that refers to becoming part of God’s family. Alternate translation: “to become his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 5 ciu3 διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through Jesus Christ God brought believers into his family by the work of Jesus Christ.
EPH 1 6 s9qk ἐχαρίτωσεν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ 1 he has freely given us in the Beloved One “he has kindly given to us by means of the One whom he loves”
EPH 1 6 x7jp τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ 1 the Beloved One “the One he loves, Jesus Christ” or “his Son, whom he loves”
EPH 1 6 s9qk ἐχαρίτωσεν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ 1 he has freely given us in the Beloved One Alternate translation: “he has kindly given to us by means of the One whom he loves”
EPH 1 6 x7jp τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ 1 the Beloved One Alternate translation: “the One he loves, Jesus Christ” or “his Son, whom he loves”
EPH 1 7 abcb figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ αἵματος αὐτοῦ 1 through his blood The **blood** of Jesus is a metonym for his death. Alternate translation: “because he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 1 7 m9l4 figs-metaphor τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 the riches of his grace Paul speaks of God’s grace as if it were material wealth. Alternate translation: “greatness of God’s grace” or “abundance of God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 8 pg6j ἧς ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 which he caused to abound to us “which he gave us in a great amount” or “being extremely kind to us”
EPH 1 8 pg6j ἧς ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 which he caused to abound to us Alternate translation: “which he gave us in a great amount” or “being extremely kind to us”
EPH 1 8 sw98 ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει 1 in all wisdom and understanding This could mean: (1) because he has all wisdom and understanding. (2) so that we might have great wisdom and understanding.
EPH 1 8 ab98 figs-doublet σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει 1 wisdom and understanding Here, **wisdom** and **understanding** mean very similar things. If your language does not have two similar words, you can use one word for both. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EPH 1 9 v71p κατὰ τὴν εὐδοκίαν αὐτοῦ 1 according to his good pleasure This could mean: (1) because he wanted to make it known to us. (2) which was what he wanted.
EPH 1 9 c2uk ἣν προέθετο ἐν αὐτῷ 1 which he had planned in him “as he demonstrated this purpose in Christ”
EPH 1 9 u53h ἐν αὐτῷ 1 in him “by means of Christ”
EPH 1 9 c2uk ἣν προέθετο ἐν αὐτῷ 1 which he had planned in him Alternate translation: “as he demonstrated this purpose in Christ”
EPH 1 9 u53h ἐν αὐτῷ 1 in him Alternate translation: “by means of Christ”
EPH 1 10 n2sl εἰς οἰκονομίαν 1 with a view to an administration A new sentence can be started here. Alternate translation: “He did this with a view to an administration” or “He did this, thinking about a stewardship”
EPH 1 10 em7q τοῦ πληρώματος τῶν καιρῶν 1 of the fullness of time “when the time is right” or “at the time that he has appointed”
EPH 1 10 ab7q ἐν αὐτῷ 1 in him “under his rule” or “under his authority”
EPH 1 10 em7q τοῦ πληρώματος τῶν καιρῶν 1 of the fullness of time Alternate translation: “when the time is right” or “at the time that he has appointed”
EPH 1 10 ab7q ἐν αὐτῷ 1 in him Alternate translation: “under his rule” or “under his authority”
EPH 1 11 ww9s figs-exclusive καὶ ἐκληρώθημεν, προορισθέντες 1 we were also allotted as a possession. We were predestined Both pronouns **we** and **We** are inclusive in this verse. Paul is referring to all Christians, who were predestined to belong to Christ. In verses 12 and 13 he will divide this group into “we” (exclusive) Jewish Christians and “you” Gentile Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EPH 1 11 t281 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐκληρώθημεν 1 we were also allotted as a possession You can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God also chose us to be his possession. (2) God also chose us to be heirs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 1 11 nkf8 figs-activepassive προορισθέντες 1 We were predestined You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God chose us ahead of time” or “God chose us long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 1 12 gj44 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…τοὺς προηλπικότας ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ 1 we who were the first to have confident hope in Christ Here, the word **we** is exclusive and refers to the Jewish believers who first heard the good news, not the believers at Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EPH 1 12 zqm9 εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς, εἰς ἔπαινον δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 so that we … would be for the praise of his glory “so that we … would live to praise him for his glory”
EPH 1 12 zqm9 εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς, εἰς ἔπαινον δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 so that we … would be for the praise of his glory Alternate translation: “so that we … would live to praise him for his glory”
EPH 1 13 j1zc 0 General Information: Paul has been speaking in the previous two verses about himself and the other Jewish believers, but now he begins speaking about the Ephesian believers.
EPH 1 13 ac1e τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth This could mean: (1) the message about the truth. (2) the true message.
EPH 1 13 qgf9 figs-metaphor ἐσφραγίσθητε τῷ Πνεύματι τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, τῷ Ἁγίῳ 1 you were sealed with the promised Holy Spirit In this metaphor Paul pictures the Holy Spirit as a seal, comparing him to the wax that was placed on a letter and stamped with a symbol representing the person who wrote the letter. Paul uses this custom as a picture to show how God has used the Holy Spirit to assure us that we belong to him. Alternate translation: “God has placed the Holy Spirit that he promised on you as if he were a seal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -47,19 +47,19 @@ EPH 1 15 abcc grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this
EPH 1 16 scy9 figs-litotes οὐ παύομαι εὐχαριστῶν 1 I have not stopped giving thanks Paul uses **not stopped** to emphasize that he continues to thank God. Alternate translation: “I continue to thank God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
EPH 1 16 aby9 figs-hyperbole οὐ παύομαι εὐχαριστῶν 1 I have not stopped giving thanks Paul uses this exaggeration to emphasize that he thanks God very often. Alternate translation: “I continue to thank God” or “I often thank God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EPH 1 17 abcd grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Paul prays for the Ephesians. The result is that God would enlighten the Ephesians about all that he has done for them through Christ. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 1 17 b7l1 πνεῦμα σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει αὐτοῦ 1 a spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of him “spiritual wisdom to understand his revelation”
EPH 1 17 b7l1 πνεῦμα σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει αὐτοῦ 1 a spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of him Alternate translation: “spiritual wisdom to understand his revelation”
EPH 1 18 gbl7 figs-metonymy πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened Here, **heart** refers to a person’s mind or thinking. Alternate Translation: “that you may gain understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 1 18 iv1h figs-activepassive πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened You can state this in the active tense. Alternate translation: “that God may give you understanding” or “that God may enlighten your mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 1 18 abcg figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart The phrase **eyes of your heart** is a metaphor for one’s ability to gain understanding. Alternate translation: “that you may gain understanding and be enlightened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 18 m5j5 πεφωτισμένους 1 that … bay be enlightened “that … may be made to see”
EPH 1 18 m5j5 πεφωτισμένους 1 that … bay be enlightened Alternate translation: “that … may be made to see”
EPH 1 18 abc4 τῆς κλήσεως αὐτοῦ 1 of his calling The **calling** of God refers to his choosing people to believe in him. Alternate translation: “that you have because he chose you to be his people”
EPH 1 18 h6ig figs-metaphor τῆς κληρονομίας αὐτοῦ 1 of his inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if one were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 18 lg8h τοῖς ἁγίοις 1 the saints “those whom he has set apart for himself” or “those who belong completely to him”
EPH 1 19 t7lx τὸ ὑπερβάλλον μέγεθος τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 the incomparable greatness of his power “God’s power, which is far beyond all other power”
EPH 1 19 die1 εἰς ἡμᾶς, τοὺς πιστεύοντας 1 toward us who believe “for us who believe”
EPH 1 19 e6g2 τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ κράτους τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ 1 the working of the force of his strength “his great power that is at work for us”
EPH 1 18 lg8h τοῖς ἁγίοις 1 the saints Alternate translation: “those whom he has set apart for himself” or “those who belong completely to him”
EPH 1 19 t7lx τὸ ὑπερβάλλον μέγεθος τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 the incomparable greatness of his power Alternate translation: “God’s power, which is far beyond all other power”
EPH 1 19 die1 εἰς ἡμᾶς, τοὺς πιστεύοντας 1 toward us who believe Alternate translation: “for us who believe”
EPH 1 19 e6g2 τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ κράτους τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ 1 the working of the force of his strength Alternate translation: “his great power that is at work for us”
EPH 1 19 abce figs-doublet τοῦ κράτους τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ 1 of the force of his strength The words **force** and **strength** have very similar meanings and may be combined. Alternate translation: “of his great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EPH 1 20 dc4l ἐγείρας αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 when he raised him from the dead “when he made him alive again”
EPH 1 20 dc4l ἐγείρας αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 when he raised him from the dead Alternate translation: “when he made him alive again”
EPH 1 20 pu97 figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again. Alternate translation: “from among all those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
EPH 1 20 ekj4 figs-metonymy καθίσας ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 seated him at his right hand in the heavenly places The person who sits **at the right hand** of a king sits at his right side and rules with all the authority of the king at whose right hand or side he sits. This is a metonym of location that represents the authority that the person in that location possesses. Alternate translation: “gave him all authority to rule from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 1 20 f3dh translate-symaction καθίσας ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 seated him at his right hand To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “seated him in the place of honor and authority beside him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@ -67,12 +67,12 @@ EPH 1 20 jrv1 ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places
EPH 1 21 k8k7 figs-doublet ὑπεράνω πάσης ἀρχῆς, καὶ ἐξουσίας, καὶ δυνάμεως, καὶ κυριότητος 1 far above all rule and authority and power and dominion These are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have four different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “far above all types of supernatural beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EPH 1 21 ra11 figs-activepassive παντὸς ὀνόματος ὀνομαζομένου 1 every name that is named You can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) every name that man gives. (2) every name that God gives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 1 21 x6qc ὀνόματος 1 name This could refer to: (1) a title. (2) a position of authority.
EPH 1 21 pym8 ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 in this age “at this time”
EPH 1 21 qw2x ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 in the age to come “in the future”
EPH 1 21 pym8 ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 in this age Alternate translation: “at this time”
EPH 1 21 qw2x ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 in the age to come Alternate translation: “in the future”
EPH 1 22 pm4t figs-metaphor κεφαλὴν ὑπὲρ πάντα 1 head over all things Here, **head** is a metaphor that refers to the leader or the one who is in charge. Alternate translation: “ruler over all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 23 ge2c figs-metaphor τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ 1 his body Just as the head (verse 22) rules all things pertaining to a human body, so Christ is the head of the church body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 23 w2kh τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν πληρουμένου 1 the fullness of the one who fills all in all “for Christ fills the church with his life and power just as he gives life to all things”
EPH 1 23 w2kh τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν πληρουμένου 1 the fullness of the one who fills all in all Alternate translation: “for Christ fills the church with his life and power just as he gives life to all things”
EPH 1 23 x2kh τὸ πλήρωμα 1 the fullness This could have: (1) a passive sense, which would mean that Christ fills or completes the church. (2) an active sense, which would mean that the church completes Christ (as a body completes a head).
EPH 2 intro e7qn 0 # Ephesians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter focuses on the life that a Christian had before coming to believe in Jesus. Paul then uses this information to explain how a person’s former way of living is distinct from a Christian’s new identity “in Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### One body<br><br>Paul teaches about the church in this chapter. The church is made of two different groups of people (Jews and Gentiles). They are now one group or “body.” The church is also known as the body of Christ. Jews and Gentiles are united in Christ.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “Dead in trespasses and sins”<br><br>Paul teaches that those who are not Christians are “dead” in their sin. Sin binds or enslaves them. This makes them spiritually “dead.” Paul writes that God makes Christians alive in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Descriptions of worldly living<br><br>Paul uses many different ways to describe how non-Christians act. They “lived according to the ways of this world” and are “living according to the ruler of the authorities of the air,” “fulfilling the evil desires of our sinful nature,” and “carrying out the desires of the body and of the mind.”<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “It is the gift of God”<br><br>Some scholars believe “it” here refers to being saved. Other scholars believe that it is faith that is the gift of God. Because of how the Greek tenses agree, “it” here probably refers to both things: the gift is that we are saved by God’s grace through faith.<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is sometimes used as a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. The phrase “Gentiles in the flesh” indicates the Ephesians once lived without any concern for God. But “flesh” is also used in this verse to refer to the physical person, similar to “body part of man.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
EPH 2 1 xf5s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers of their past and the way they now are before God.
EPH 2 2 ab80 figs-metaphor ἐν αἷς ποτε περιεπατήσατε 1 in which you once walked Here, **walk** is a metaphor for the way a person lives. Alternate translation: “which is how you lived” or “which you did habitually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 2 2 i7d4 figs-metonymy κατὰ τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 according to the age of this world The apostles often used **world** to refer to the selfish behaviors and corrupt values of the people living in this world. Alternate translation: “according to the values of people living in the world” or “following the principles of this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 2 2 n5d2 τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος 1 the ruler of the authorities of the air This refers to the devil or Satan.
EPH 2 2 bj9y τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ νῦν ἐνεργοῦντος 1 the spirit that is now working “the spirit of Satan, who is currently working”
EPH 2 2 bj9y τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ νῦν ἐνεργοῦντος 1 the spirit that is now working Alternate translation: “the spirit of Satan, who is currently working”
EPH 2 2 ab9y figs-idiom τοῖς υἱοῖς τῆς ἀπειθείας 1 the sons of disobedience “people who routinely disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EPH 2 3 d3wd figs-metonymy τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ τῶν διανοιῶν 1 the desires of the body and of the mind The words **body** and **mind** represent the entire person. Alternate Translation: “the selfish things that people want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 2 3 zd6v figs-idiom τέκνα…ὀργῆς 1 children of wrath “people with whom God is angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ EPH 2 6 ab11 figs-pastforfuture συνεκάθισεν 1 seated us with him Paul
EPH 2 6 b499 ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places The phrase **heavenly places** refers to the place where God is. See how this is translated in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “in the supernatural world”
EPH 2 6 m6pq ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him.
EPH 2 7 abcp grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of God raising up believers and seating them in heaven with Christ is to show the extent of his grace in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EPH 2 7 y6cf ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσιν, τοῖς ἐπερχομένοις 1 in the ages that are coming “in the future”
EPH 2 7 y6cf ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσιν, τοῖς ἐπερχομένοις 1 in the ages that are coming Alternate translation: “in the future”
EPH 2 8 abcq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For The connecting word **For** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the Ephesians had been saved by God, and not by their own good works. The result is that people would see the grace of God to us in Christ. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 2 8 t9pc figs-activepassive τῇ γὰρ χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι διὰ πίστεως 1 For by grace you have been saved through faith You can state this actively. Alternate translation: “God saved you by grace because of your faith in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 2 8 abpc figs-abstractnouns τῇ γὰρ χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι 1 For by grace you have been saved The word **grace** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “God saved you as a free gift” or “God saved you because of his extreme kindness to you” See how you translated this phrase in [Ephesians 2:5](../02/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -116,27 +116,27 @@ EPH 2 11 nlf2 figs-metonymy περιτομῆς 1 circumcised This was another t
EPH 2 11 tf9i figs-activepassive ὑπὸ τῆς λεγομένης 1 by those who are called You can translate this with an active form. Alternate translation: “by what people call” or “by those whom people call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 2 11 fb4r τῆς λεγομένης περιτομῆς ἐν σαρκὶ χειροποιήτου 1 those who are called “circumcised” in the flesh, performed by human hands This could refer to: (1) the Jews, who are circumcised by humans. (2) the Jews, who circumcise the physical body.
EPH 2 12 abcz grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For The connecting word **For** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that they were not part of the Jews, who were circumcised. The result is that the Gentile Ephesians were separated from God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 2 12 sti2 figs-metaphor ξένοι τῶν διαθηκῶν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 strangers to the covenants of the promise Paul speaks to the Gentile believers as if they had been foreigners, kept out of the land of God’s **covenants** and **promise**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 2 13 abcw grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. The current condition of the Ephesian Gentile believers, after they believed in Christ, is that they are near to God. That is in contrast to their previous condition, before they believed in Christ, of being separated from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EPH 2 13 uf8m figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς οἵ ποτε ὄντες μακρὰν, ἐγενήθητε ἐγγὺς ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 you who once were far away have been brought near by the blood of Christ Not belonging to God due to sin is spoken of as being far away from God. Belonging to God because of the blood of Christ is spoken of as being brought near to God. Alternate translation: “you who once did not belong to God now belong to God because of the blood of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 2 13 tth1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 by the blood of Christ Here the **blood of Christ** is a metonym for his death. Alternate translation: “by Christ’s death” or “when Christ died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 2 14 abcv grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 For The connecting word **For** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Christ himself joined them to the Jewish believers. The result is that the Ephesian Gentile believers were brought near to God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 2 14 ue4u αὐτὸς…ἐστιν ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν 1 he himself is our peace “Jesus gives us his peace”
EPH 2 14 ue4u αὐτὸς…ἐστιν ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν 1 he himself is our peace Alternate translation: “Jesus gives us his peace”
EPH 2 14 ccy8 figs-exclusive ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν 1 our peace The word **our** refers to Paul and his readers and so, it is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EPH 2 14 t9zn ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἓν 1 who has made the two one “who made the Jews and Gentiles one”
EPH 2 14 t9zn ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἓν 1 who has made the two one Alternate translation: “who made the Jews and Gentiles one”
EPH 2 14 t6rd figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ αὐτοῦ 1 in his flesh The phrase **his flesh,** his physical body, is a metonym for his body dying. Alternate translation: “by the death of his body on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 2 14 d7uf figs-metaphor τὸ μεσότοιχον τοῦ φραγμοῦ…τὴν ἔχθραν 1 the middle wall of partition, the hostility The **hostility** between the Jews and Gentiles is compared to a **wall**. Alternate translation: “the hostility that was like a wall that separated them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 2 15 bn71 τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν καταργήσας 1 He abolished the law of commandments in regulations Jesus’ blood satisfies the law of Moses so that both the Jews and Gentiles can live at peace in God. Alternate translation: “He took away the requirements in the law of Moses”
EPH 2 15 abcx grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Christ in abolishing the law was to join the Jews and the Gentiles together into one group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EPH 2 15 sr2r figs-metaphor ἕνα καινὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 one new man Paul talks about the unity of Jews and Gentiles as if they had become **one** person. Alternate translation: “a single new people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 2 15 b628 figs-metaphor ἐν αὑτῷ 1 in himself It is being joined to Christ that makes reconciliation possible between Jews and Gentiles. Paul describes this relationship as though Christ surrounded all of us. Alternate translation: “because he made it possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 2 16 zz8k ἀποκαταλλάξῃ τοὺς ἀμφοτέρους 1 so that he might reconcile both “so that Christ might bring the Jews and the Gentiles together in peace”
EPH 2 16 zz8k ἀποκαταλλάξῃ τοὺς ἀμφοτέρους 1 so that he might reconcile both Alternate translation: “so that Christ might bring the Jews and the Gentiles together in peace”
EPH 2 16 abc0 figs-metaphor ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι 1 as one body The church is often pictured as the **body** of Christ, who is its head. Here it is comprised of both Jews and Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 2 16 bj8x figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 through the cross Here the **cross** here represents Christ’s death on the cross. Alternate translation: “by means of Christ’s death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 2 16 lq3m figs-metaphor ἀποκτείνας τὴν ἔχθραν 1 putting to death the hostility Stopping their **hostility** is spoken of as if he killed their hostility. By dying on the cross, Jesus eliminated the reason for Jews and Gentiles to be hostile toward each other. Neither are now required to live according to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “stopping them from hating one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 2 17 vhi8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the Ephesians that Gentile believers are also now just as much a part of God’s people as are Jewish believers. The Jewish apostles and prophets are theirs, as is Christ, and they all form a temple for God in the Spirit.
EPH 2 17 g1hz εὐηγγελίσατο εἰρήνην 1 and proclaimed peace “and announced the gospel of peace” or “declaring the gospel of peace”
EPH 2 17 g1hz εὐηγγελίσατο εἰρήνην 1 and proclaimed peace Alternate translation: “and announced the gospel of peace” or “declaring the gospel of peace”
EPH 2 17 wdu8 figs-metaphor ὑμῖν τοῖς μακρὰν 1 you who were far away Paul pictures the Gentiles (non-Jews), who were not part of God’s people, as though they were physically distant from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 2 17 a58n figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐγγύς 1 to those who were near Paul pictures the Jews, who were God’s people by birth, as though they were physically close to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 2 18 qw56 figs-exclusive ὅτι δι’ αὐτοῦ ἔχομεν τὴν προσαγωγὴν, οἱ ἀμφότεροι 1 for through him we both have access Here, **we both** refers to Paul, the believing Jews, and the believing non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ EPH 3 intro gha7 0 # Ephesians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and format
EPH 3 1 w896 0 Connecting Statement: To make clear the hidden truth about the church to believers, Paul refers back to the oneness of Jews and Gentiles and how believers from both groups form part of the one group that worships God, like the stones that form one temple.
EPH 3 1 jb9u grammar-connect-logic-result τούτου χάριν 1 For this reason The connecting phrase **For this reason** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is what Paul talked about in Chapter 2, that Christ showed his grace by removing the division between Jews and Gentiles and making them into one group. The result is that Paul prays for the Gentiles. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 3 1 abd6 figs-explicit τούτου χάριν 1 For this reason You may need to make explicit what the reason is. Alternate translation: “because of God’s grace to you” You may also need to make explicit here what the result is, as in the UST, because Paul does not state the result until 3:14, that he prays for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EPH 3 1 m9b6 ὁ δέσμιος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 the prisoner of Christ Jesus “the one who is in prison because I serve Christ Jesus”
EPH 3 1 m9b6 ὁ δέσμιος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 the prisoner of Christ Jesus Alternate translation: “the one who is in prison because I serve Christ Jesus”
EPH 3 2 rx7t τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ, τῆς δοθείσης μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 the stewardship of the grace of God that was given to me for you Here, **grace** could mean: (1) the gift of the gospel that Paul is bringing to the Gentiles, and you could translate, “the responsibility that God gave me to bring his grace to you.” (2) the gift to Paul of being the steward of the gospel for the Gentiles, and you could translate that as “the responsibility that God graciously gave me for your benefit.”
EPH 3 3 dc7x figs-activepassive κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν ἐγνωρίσθη μοι 1 according to the revelation made known to me You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “according to what God revealed to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 3 3 qm6m καθὼς προέγραψα ἐν ὀλίγῳ 1 about which I already wrote in brief Paul refers here to another letter that he had written to these people.
EPH 3 10 elh2 figs-doublet ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις 1 to the rulers and to the authorities These words share similar meanings. Paul uses them together to emphasize that every spiritual being will know God’s wisdom. If your language does not have two words for this, you can use one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EPH 3 10 z7vy ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places The phrase **heavenly places** refers to the place where God is. See how this is translated in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “in the supernatural world”
EPH 3 10 ll77 figs-metaphor ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the multifaceted wisdom of God Paul talks of God’s **wisdom** as though it were an object with many surfaces. Alternate translation: “the complex wisdom of God” or “how extremely wise God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 3 11 aaz8 κατὰ πρόθεσιν τῶν αἰώνων 1 according to the eternal purpose “in keeping with the eternal plan” or “consistent with the eternal plan”
EPH 3 11 aaz8 κατὰ πρόθεσιν τῶν αἰώνων 1 according to the eternal purpose Alternate translation: “in keeping with the eternal plan” or “consistent with the eternal plan”
EPH 3 12 qfn9 0 Connecting Statement: In the next section, Paul praises God in his sufferings and prays for these Ephesian believers.
EPH 3 12 we6c ἔχομεν τὴν παρρησίαν 1 we have the boldness “we are without fear” or “we have courage”
EPH 3 12 we6c ἔχομεν τὴν παρρησίαν 1 we have the boldness Alternate translation: “we are without fear” or “we have courage”
EPH 3 12 ab6c figs-hendiadys τὴν παρρησίαν καὶ προσαγωγὴν 1 the boldness and access These two words work together to express one idea: “bold access” or “boldness to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EPH 3 12 zx5c figs-explicit προσαγωγὴν ἐν πεποιθήσει 1 access with confidence It may be helpful to state explicitly that this **access** is into God’s presence. Alternate translation: “access into God’s presence with confidence” or “freedom to enter into God’s presence with confidence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EPH 3 12 kri2 πεποιθήσει 1 confidence “certainty” or “assurance”
EPH 3 13 abd4 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Therefore The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the believers have access to Christ with confidence. The result is that the believers will not be discouraged. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 3 13 ciu6 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, ἥτις ἐστὶν δόξα ὑμῶν 1 for you, which is your glory Here, **your glory** is a metonym for the salvation and eternal life that the Ephesians will have because of Paul’s work of telling them about Christ, which resulted in his suffering in prison. You can state this as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “for you. They bring you a wonderful benefit” or “for you. They result in your salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 3 14 abd5 grammar-connect-logic-result τούτου χάριν 1 For this reason The connecting phrase **For this reason** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Paul’s sufferings have caused glory for the believers. The result is that Paul prays to the Father. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -188,15 +188,15 @@ EPH 3 14 v3gd figs-explicit τούτου χάριν 1 For this reason You may ne
EPH 3 14 vju2 figs-synecdoche κάμπτω τὰ γόνατά μου πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I bend my knees to the Father Bent **knees** are a picture of the whole person in an attitude of prayer. Alternate translation: “I bow down in prayer to the Father” or “I humbly pray to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EPH 3 15 c492 figs-activepassive ἐξ οὗ πᾶσα πατριὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς ὀνομάζεται 1 from whom every family in heaven and on earth is named The act of naming here probably also represents the act of creating. Alternate translation: “who created and named every family in heaven and on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 3 16 abd7 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Paul’s prayer is that the Ephesian believers would be strengthened by God in their faith and love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EPH 3 16 z9q5 δῷ ὑμῖν κατὰ τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ, δυνάμει κραταιωθῆναι 1 he would grant you, according to the riches of his glory, to be strengthened with power “God, because he is so great and powerful, would allow you to become strong with his power”
EPH 3 16 rgf5 δῷ 1 he would grant “he would give”
EPH 3 16 z9q5 δῷ ὑμῖν κατὰ τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ, δυνάμει κραταιωθῆναι 1 he would grant you, according to the riches of his glory, to be strengthened with power Alternate translation: “God, because he is so great and powerful, would allow you to become strong with his power”
EPH 3 16 rgf5 δῷ 1 he would grant Alternate translation: “he would give”
EPH 3 17 n87p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues the prayer he began in [Ephesians 3:14](../03/14.md).
EPH 3 17 wg1v κατοικῆσαι τὸν Χριστὸν διὰ τῆς πίστεως ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν ἐν ἀγάπῃ, ἐρριζωμένοι καὶ τεθεμελιωμένοι 1 that Christ may live in your hearts through faith, being rooted and grounded in love This is the second item for which Paul prays that God will “grant” the Ephesians “according to the riches of his glory.” The first is that they would “be strengthened” ([Ephesians 3:16](../03/16.md)).
EPH 3 17 q6yy figs-metaphor κατοικῆσαι τὸν Χριστὸν διὰ τῆς πίστεως ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 that Christ may live in your hearts through faith Here, **hearts** represent a person’s inner being, and **through** expresses the means by which Christ lives within the believer. Christ lives in the hearts of believers because God graciously allows them to have faith. Alternate translation: “that Christ may live within you because you trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 3 17 g4g1 figs-metaphor ἐν ἀγάπῃ, ἐρριζωμένοι καὶ τεθεμελιωμένοι 1 being rooted and grounded in love Paul speaks of their faith as if it were a tree that has deep roots or a house built on a solid foundation. Alternate translation: “you will be like a firmly rooted tree and a building built on stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 3 18 abd8 grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Christ would live in their hearts. The result is that the Ephesian believers would fully know the love of God and be filled with God’s fullness. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 3 18 bkk6 καταλαβέσθαι 1 to comprehend This is the third item for which Paul bends his knees and prays; the first is that God will grant that they be strengthened ([Ephesians 3:16](../03/16.md)) and the second is that Christ may live in their hearts through faith ([Ephesians 3:17](../03/17.md)).
EPH 3 18 uu6l πᾶσιν τοῖς ἁγίοις 1 all the saints “all the believers in Christ”
EPH 3 18 uu6l πᾶσιν τοῖς ἁγίοις 1 all the saints Alternate translation: “all the believers in Christ”
EPH 3 18 ef4s figs-metaphor τὸ πλάτος, καὶ μῆκος, καὶ ὕψος, καὶ βάθος 1 the width and length and height and depth In this metaphor Paul pictures something that is not physical or measurable as something that is physical but stretches out in all directions and, thus, is very large. This could refer to: (1) the intensity of Christ’s love for us. Alternate translation: “how very much Christ loves us” (2) the greatness of God’s wisdom. Alternate translation: “how very wise God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 3 18 ef4t figs-explicit τὸ πλάτος, καὶ μῆκος, καὶ ὕψος, καὶ βάθος 1 the width and length and height and depth It may be necessary to state explicitly what these words refer to. If so, you can combine this with the phrase from the next verse and say: “the width and length and height and depth of, and truly know the love of Christ” or “the width and length and height and depth of the love of Christ, and truly know it”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EPH 3 19 rev9 γνῶναί τε τὴν…ἀγάπην τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and to know the love of Christ This continues the idea from the previous verse. They both refer to knowing the greatness of the love of Christ. Alternate translation: “that you can know how great Christ’s love for us is”
EPH 3 19 abd9 grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the Ephesian believers would know the love of Christ. The result is that they would be filled with the fulness of God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 3 20 jk5c figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words “we” and “us” in this book continue to include Paul and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EPH 3 20 m7gi 0 Connecting Statement: Paul concludes his prayer with a blessing.
EPH 3 20 zxj3 τῷ δὲ 1 And to him “Now to God, who”
EPH 3 20 zxt3 ποιῆσαι ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ὧν αἰτούμεθα ἢ νοοῦμεν 1 to do exceedingly abundantly above all that we ask or think “to do much more than all that we ask or think” or “to do things that are much greater than anything that we ask him for or think about”
EPH 3 20 zxj3 τῷ δὲ 1 And to him Alternate translation: “Now to God, who”
EPH 3 20 zxt3 ποιῆσαι ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ὧν αἰτούμεθα ἢ νοοῦμεν 1 to do exceedingly abundantly above all that we ask or think Alternate translation: “to do much more than all that we ask or think” or “to do things that are much greater than anything that we ask him for or think about”
EPH 3 21 ab12 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 to him be the glory in the church The word **glory** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “may God’s people glorify him” or “may God’s people praise him for how great he is” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 4 intro ang8 0 # Ephesians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 8, which is quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spiritual gifts<br><br>Spiritual gifts are specific supernatural abilities that the Holy Spirit gives to Christians after they come to believe in Jesus. These spiritual gifts were foundational to developing the church. Paul lists here only some of the spiritual gifts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Unity<br><br>Paul considers it very important that the church is united. This is a major theme of this chapter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Old man and new man<br><br>The term “old man” probably refers to the sinful nature with which a person is born. The “new man” is the new nature or new life that God gives a person after they come to believe in Christ.
EPH 4 1 sb64 0 Connecting Statement: Because of what Paul has been writing to the Ephesians, he tells them how they should live their lives as believers and again emphasizes that believers are to agree with each other.
EPH 4 1 abda grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that God will be glorified in the church for all generations. The result is that believers should walk in a way that is worthy of the Lord. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 4 1 uss5 ὁ δέσμιος ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 the prisoner for the Lord “someone who is in prison because he serves the Lord”
EPH 4 1 uss5 ὁ δέσμιος ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 the prisoner for the Lord Alternate translation: “someone who is in prison because he serves the Lord”
EPH 4 1 zxr1 figs-metaphor ἀξίως περιπατῆσαι τῆς κλήσεως 1 to walk worthily of the calling The phrase **to walk** is a common way to express the idea of living one’s life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 1 abc5 τῆς κλήσεως ἧς ἐκλήθητε 1 of the calling by which you were called Here, **the calling** refers to the fact that God chose them to be his people. Alternate translation: “because God chose you to be his people”
EPH 4 2 zs6s figs-abstractnouns μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ πραΰτητος 1 with all humility and gentleness, with patience The words **humility**, **gentleness**, and **patience** are abstract nouns. Alternate Translation: “to learn to be humble, gentle, and patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 4 3 pi5c figs-metaphor τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης 1 to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace Here Paul speaks of **peace** as if it were a **bond** that ties people together. This is a metaphor for being united with other people by living peacefully with them. Alternate translation: “to live peacefully with one another and remain united as the Spirit made possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 3 ab5c figs-abstractnouns τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης 1 to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace The words **unity** and **peace** are abstract nouns. Alternate translation: “to live peacefully with one another and remain united as the Spirit made possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 4 4 x5kv ἓν σῶμα 1 There is one body The church is often referred to as the **body** of Christ.
EPH 4 4 y6ep ἓν Πνεῦμα 1 one Spirit “only one Holy Spirit”
EPH 4 4 y6ep ἓν Πνεῦμα 1 one Spirit Alternate translation: “only one Holy Spirit”
EPH 4 4 b9mr figs-activepassive ἐκλήθητε ἐν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς κλήσεως ὑμῶν 1 you were called in one certain hope of your calling You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God called you to have one confident hope in your calling” or “there is one thing that God also chose you to be confident in and expect him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 4 6 bz5i Πατὴρ πάντων…ἐπὶ πάντων…διὰ πάντων…ἐν πᾶσιν 1 Father of all … over all … through all … in all The word **all** here means “everything.”
EPH 4 7 pp9t 0 General Information: The quote here is from a song that King David wrote.
@ -228,24 +228,24 @@ EPH 4 7 i4za 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds believers of the gifts that
EPH 4 7 u2bw figs-activepassive ἑνὶ…ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν ἐδόθη ἡ χάρις 1 to each one of us grace has been given You can state this using an active form. Alternate translation: “God has given grace to each one of us” or “God gave a gift to each believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 4 7 abbw figs-abstractnouns ἑνὶ…ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν ἐδόθη ἡ χάρις 1 to each one of us grace has been given The word **grace** is an abstract noun that refers here to a gift from God. Alternate translation: “God has given a gift to each believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 4 8 abdb grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Therefore The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that every believer has been given a spiritual gift. The result is that the Scripture says Jesus gave gifts to men. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 4 8 wj8t ἀναβὰς εἰς ὕψος 1 When he ascended to the heights “When Christ went up into heaven”
EPH 4 9 e5at ἀνέβη 1 He ascended “Christ went up”
EPH 4 9 zu81 καὶ κατέβη 1 he also descended “Christ also came down”
EPH 4 8 wj8t ἀναβὰς εἰς ὕψος 1 When he ascended to the heights Alternate translation: “When Christ went up into heaven”
EPH 4 9 e5at ἀνέβη 1 He ascended Alternate translation: “Christ went up”
EPH 4 9 zu81 καὶ κατέβη 1 he also descended Alternate translation: “Christ also came down”
EPH 4 9 eq56 εἰς τὰ κατώτερα μέρη τῆς γῆς 1 into the lower regions of the earth This could refer to: (1) the **lower regions** as a part of the **earth**. (2) **the lower regions** as another way of referring to the **earth** itself. Alternate translation: “into the lower regions, the earth”
EPH 4 10 w6t5 ἵνα πληρώσῃ τὰ πάντα 1 so that he might fill all things “so that he might be working powerfully everywhere”
EPH 4 10 b5ig πληρώσῃ 1 he might fill “he might complete” or “he might satisfy”
EPH 4 12 jx12 πρὸς τὸν καταρτισμὸν τῶν ἁγίων 1 for the equipping of the saints “to prepare the people whom he has set apart” or “to provide the believers with what they need”
EPH 4 12 y9gd εἰς ἔργον διακονίας 1 for the work of serving “so that they can serve others”
EPH 4 10 w6t5 ἵνα πληρώσῃ τὰ πάντα 1 so that he might fill all things Alternate translation: “so that he might be working powerfully everywhere”
EPH 4 10 b5ig πληρώσῃ 1 he might fill Alternate translation: “he might complete” or “he might satisfy”
EPH 4 12 jx12 πρὸς τὸν καταρτισμὸν τῶν ἁγίων 1 for the equipping of the saints Alternate translation: “to prepare the people whom he has set apart” or “to provide the believers with what they need”
EPH 4 12 y9gd εἰς ἔργον διακονίας 1 for the work of serving Alternate translation: “so that they can serve others”
EPH 4 12 n33m figs-metaphor εἰς οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the building up of the body of Christ Paul is speaking of people who grow spiritually as if they were doing exercises to increase the strength of their physical bodies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 12 pdh4 οἰκοδομὴν 1 the building up “the improvement”
EPH 4 12 pdh4 οἰκοδομὴν 1 the building up Alternate translation: “the improvement”
EPH 4 12 x5gd τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 of the body of Christ The **body of Christ** refers to all of the members of Christ’s Church.
EPH 4 13 w1ik καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 we all reach to the unity of the faith and the knowledge of the Son of God The believers need to know Jesus as the Son of God if they are to be united in faith and mature as believers.
EPH 4 13 er6a figs-abstractnouns καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως 1 we all reach to the unity of the faith The word **unity** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “we all become equally strong in faith” or “we all become united together in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 4 13 ab6a figs-abstractnouns καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως 1 we all reach to the unity of the faith The word **faith** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “become united together as believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 4 13 cd6a figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the knowledge of the Son of God The word **knowledge** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “all know well the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 4 13 x7k3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
EPH 4 13 m3rt εἰς ἄνδρα τέλειον 1 to a mature man “to a mature believer”
EPH 4 13 gv6m τέλειον 1 mature “fully developed” or “grown up” or “complete”
EPH 4 13 m3rt εἰς ἄνδρα τέλειον 1 to a mature man Alternate translation: “to a mature believer”
EPH 4 13 gv6m τέλειον 1 mature Alternate translation: “fully developed” or “grown up” or “complete”
EPH 4 14 abdc grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of gifted people in the church is to bring all the believers to spiritual maturity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EPH 4 14 xgi4 figs-metaphor μηκέτι ὦμεν νήπιοι 1 we may no longer be children Paul refers to believers who have not grown spiritually as if they were **children** who have had very little experience in life. Alternate translation: “we may no longer be like children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 14 ndj2 figs-metaphor κλυδωνιζόμενοι καὶ περιφερόμενοι παντὶ ἀνέμῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας 1 tossed back and forth by the waves and carried away by every wind of teaching Paul speaks of a believer who has not become mature and follows various wrong teachings as if that believer were a boat and the teachings were the **wind** and **waves** that move the boat in different directions on the water. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -260,14 +260,14 @@ EPH 4 16 abff figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγάπῃ 1 in love The word **love**
EPH 4 16 l5r6 figs-metaphor διὰ πάσης ἁφῆς τῆς ἐπιχορηγίας 1 by every supporting ligament Paul continues the metaphor comparing the believers to a human body. A **ligament** is a strong band that connects bones or holds organs in place in the body. Just as the body is held together by strong ligaments, so the believers are held together by love that grows stronger as the body parts grow and work together. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 17 n5cy 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells them what they should no longer do now that they, as believers, are sealed by the Holy Spirit of God.
EPH 4 17 abde grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Christ wants every believer to become spiritually mature and to serve the other believers. The result is that the Ephesian believers should no longer act as the Gentiles act. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 4 17 ksr8 τοῦτο οὖν λέγω καὶ μαρτύρομαι 1 Therefore, I say this and strongly urge “Because of what I have just said, I will now say something more in order to strongly encourage”
EPH 4 17 ksr8 τοῦτο οὖν λέγω καὶ μαρτύρομαι 1 Therefore, I say this and strongly urge Alternate translation: “Because of what I have just said, I will now say something more in order to strongly encourage”
EPH 4 17 abr8 ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord This could be: (1) referring to the authority of the Lord. (2) stating that we all belong to the Lord.
EPH 4 17 wcx2 figs-metaphor μηκέτι ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν, καθὼς καὶ τὰ ἔθνη περιπατεῖ ἐν ματαιότητι τοῦ νοὸς αὐτῶν 1 you … to walk no longer as the Gentiles also walk, in futility of their minds Paul commonly uses this metaphor that compares walking to living one’s life. Alternate translation: “you … to stop living like the Gentiles with their worthless thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 18 lab7 figs-metaphor ἐσκοτωμένοι τῇ διανοίᾳ 1 They have been darkened in their understanding This metaphor compares wrong thinking with darkness. Alternate translation: “they no longer think or reason clearly” or “they are not able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 18 abci figs-activepassive ἐσκοτωμένοι τῇ διανοίᾳ 1 They have been darkened in their understanding You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Their way of thinking has become dark” or “They no longer think or reason clearly” or “They are not able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 4 18 w69u figs-activepassive ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ, διὰ τὴν ἄγνοιαν τὴν οὖσαν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 alienated from the life of God because of the ignorance that is in them You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “because they do not know God, they cannot live the way that God wants his people to live” or “they have cut themselves off from the life of God by their ignorance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 4 18 s1uz ἄγνοιαν 1 ignorance Alternate translation: “lack of knowledge” or “lack of information”
EPH 4 18 k8qv figs-metaphor διὰ τὴν πώρωσιν τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 because of the hardness of their hearts The phrase **hardness of their hearts** is a metaphor that means “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “because they are stubborn” or “because they refuse to listen to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 18 abdf grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ 1 because of The connecting word **because** introduces a reason-result relationship. The first reason is that they are ignorant of him. The result is that the Gentiles are separated from God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 4 18 abdg grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ 2 because of The connecting word **because** introduces a reason-result relationship. The second reason is that their hearts are hardened. The result is that Gentiles are separated from God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 4 25 ab23 figs-abstractnouns λαλεῖτε ἀλήθειαν ἕκαστος 1 let each of you speak truth The word **truth** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “each of you should speak truthfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 4 25 abdj grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 because The connecting word **because** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that believers are members of the same body of Christ. The result is that believers should speak the truth to each other. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 4 25 zh2g figs-metaphor ἐσμὲν ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 we are members of one another Here Paul speaks of the close union of believers with each other as if they were each part of one single body. Alternate translation: “we belong to one another” or “we are all members of God’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 26 w8rw ὀργίζεσθε, καὶ μὴ ἁμαρτάνετε 1 Be angry and do not sin “You may get angry, but do not sin” or “If you become angry, do not sin”
EPH 4 26 w8rw ὀργίζεσθε, καὶ μὴ ἁμαρτάνετε 1 Be angry and do not sin Alternate translation: “You may get angry, but do not sin” or “If you become angry, do not sin”
EPH 4 26 ki7p figs-metonymy ὁ ἥλιος μὴ ἐπιδυέτω ἐπὶ παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν 1 Do not let the sun go down on your indignation The **sun** going **down** represents nightfall or the end of the day. Alternate translation: “You must stop being angry before night comes” or “Let go of your anger before the day ends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 4 27 w71s μηδὲ δίδοτε τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ 1 nor give an opportunity to the devil “and do not give the devil an opportunity to lead you into sin”
EPH 4 27 w71s μηδὲ δίδοτε τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ 1 nor give an opportunity to the devil Alternate translation: “and do not give the devil an opportunity to lead you into sin”
EPH 4 28 abdk grammar-connect-logic-contrast μᾶλλον δὲ 1 But rather The connecting phrase **But rather** introduces a contrast relationship. The way a former thief should work hard to have something to share with others is in contrast to the way he formerly stole for himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EPH 4 28 abdl grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of working hard with ones own hands is to be able to meet the needs of others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EPH 4 29 f6yk λόγος σαπρὸς 1 corrupt talk This refers to speech that is cruel or rude.
EPH 4 29 abdm grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 but The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Speaking what is corrupt is in contrast to speaking good things that will build up others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EPH 4 29 p9wc πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν 1 for building up “for encouraging” or “for strengthening”
EPH 4 29 p9wc πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν 1 for building up Alternate translation: “for encouraging” or “for strengthening”
EPH 4 29 abdn grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of speaking things that build up others is to give grace to those who hear the words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EPH 4 29 bv8a τῆς χρείας, ἵνα δῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν 1 the one in need, so that it might give grace to the hearers “the needy. In this way you will help those who hear you”
EPH 4 29 bv8a τῆς χρείας, ἵνα δῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν 1 the one in need, so that it might give grace to the hearers Alternate translation: “the needy. In this way you will help those who hear you”
EPH 4 29 ab8a figs-abstractnouns ἵνα δῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν 1 so that it might give grace to the hearers The word **grace** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “so that those who hear you may be spiritually encouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 4 30 air6 μὴ λυπεῖτε 1 do not grieve “do not distress” or “do not upset”
EPH 4 30 air6 μὴ λυπεῖτε 1 do not grieve Alternate translation: “do not distress” or “do not upset”
EPH 4 30 pgk9 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ ἐσφραγίσθητε εἰς ἡμέραν ἀπολυτρώσεως 1 by whom you were sealed for the day of redemption The Holy Spirit assures believers that God will redeem them. Paul speaks of the Holy Spirit as if he were a mark that God puts on believers to show that he owns them. Alternate translation: “for he is the seal that assures you that God will redeem you on the day of redemption” or “for he is the one who assures you that God will redeem you on the day of redemption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 30 abck figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ ἐσφραγίσθητε εἰς ἡμέραν ἀπολυτρώσεως 1 by whom you were sealed for the day of redemption You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for he has sealed you for the day of redemption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 4 31 b72p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his instructions on what believers should not do and ends with what they must do.
@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ EPH 4 31 v576 figs-metaphor ἀρθήτω 1 Let … be removed Paul speaks of at
EPH 4 31 t1gj figs-abstractnouns πικρία, καὶ θυμὸς, καὶ ὀργὴ 1 bitterness, and rage, and anger These are abstract nouns that can be expressed as adjectives. Alternate translation: “being bitter, and intensely angry, and angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 4 31 abgj figs-abstractnouns κακίᾳ 1 malice The word **malice** is an abstract noun that can be expressed as an adjective. Alternate translation: “being malicious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 4 32 abdo grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Instead The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast relationship. Speaking angry and hurtful things is in contrast to speaking kind and tender things to one another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EPH 4 32 w7tk εὔσπλαγχνοι 1 tenderhearted “gentle and compassionate towards others”
EPH 4 32 w7tk εὔσπλαγχνοι 1 tenderhearted Alternate translation: “gentle and compassionate towards others”
EPH 5 intro tdd2 0 # Ephesians 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 14.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Inheritance of the kingdom of Christ<br><br>Some scholars believe that those who continue to practice the things listed in 5:5 will not inherit eternal life. But God can forgive all the sins listed in this verse. Immoral, impure, or greedy people can still receive eternal life if they repent and believe in Jesus. God will be the one who decides this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Wives, submit to your husbands<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe that men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe that God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they interpret this issue affect how they translate this passage.
EPH 5 1 wus5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to tell the believers how they should and should not live as God’s children.
EPH 5 1 jx2q γίνεσθε οὖν μιμηταὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Therefore, be imitators of God The word **imitators** is a verbal noun, and can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “Therefore, imitate God” or “Therefore you should do what God does.”
@ -318,12 +318,12 @@ EPH 5 2 ta41 figs-metaphor περιπατεῖτε ἐν ἀγάπῃ 1 walk in
EPH 5 2 bak1 figs-metaphor προσφορὰν καὶ θυσίαν τῷ Θεῷ εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας 1 an offering and sacrifice to God for a fragrant aroma This metaphor compares Christ dying on the cross for our sins with an Old Testament **sacrifice** for sin, which were roasted in a fire and gave off a pleasing smell. Alternate translation: “like a sweet-smelling offering and sacrifice to God” or “an offering and sacrifice to God that pleased God very much” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 5 3 le5f figs-activepassive πορνεία δὲ, καὶ ἀκαθαρσία πᾶσα, ἢ πλεονεξία, μηδὲ ὀνομαζέσθω ἐν ὑμῖν 1 But sexual immorality and every impurity or greed must not even be named among you You can state this in an active form: “Do not do anything that would let anyone think that you are guilty of sexual immorality or any kind of impurity or greed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 5 3 abdq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. The fragrant offering and sacrifice to God is in contrast to sinful acts and thoughts that are not fitting for saints. Use a connecting word that indicates a contrast in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EPH 5 3 xat9 ἀκαθαρσία πᾶσα 1 every impurity “any moral uncleanness”
EPH 5 3 xat9 ἀκαθαρσία πᾶσα 1 every impurity Alternate translation: “any moral uncleanness”
EPH 5 4 utm5 ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον εὐχαριστία 1 but instead, thanksgiving The word **thanksgiving** is a verbal noun, and can be translated with a verb: “instead of those things, you should thank God”
EPH 5 4 abdr grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον 1 but instead The connecting phrase **but instead** introduces a contrast relationship. Sinful acts and thoughts are in contrast to thanksgiving to God. Use a connecting word that indicates a contrast in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EPH 5 5 abc6 figs-metaphor ἀκάθαρτος 1 unclean Here being **unclean** (dirty) is a metaphor for being sinful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 5 5 vb16 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔχει κληρονομίαν 1 has no inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “will receive nothing” or “has no part” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 5 6 px7p κενοῖς λόγοις 1 with empty words “with words that have no truth in them” or “by speaking words that are not true”
EPH 5 6 px7p κενοῖς λόγοις 1 with empty words Alternate translation: “with words that have no truth in them” or “by speaking words that are not true”
EPH 5 6 abds grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 for The connecting word **for** introduces a reason-result relationship. The result is stated first: that the Ephesian believers should not let anyone deceive them with empty words. Then the reason is stated: that the wrath of God will judge those things. Use a phrase that connects a reason to a result, and put them in the order that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 5 6 ab16 figs-abstractnouns ἔρχεται ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπὶ 1 the wrath of God is coming upon The word **wrath** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 5 6 ab73 figs-idiom τοὺς υἱοὺς τῆς ἀπειθείας 1 the sons of disobedience This is an idiom that means, “people who habitually disobey” or “people who are characterized by disobedience” Alternate translation: “those who disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -361,9 +361,9 @@ EPH 5 16 abe3 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 because The connecting word
EPH 5 17 abe4 grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this The connecting phrase **Because of this** introduces the result of a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the days are evil. The result is that the believers will not be foolish, but understand God’s will. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 5 17 abe5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 but The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Being foolish is in contrast to understanding God’s will. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EPH 5 18 tz9e 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends his instructions on how all believers should live.
EPH 5 18 scp1 καὶ μὴ μεθύσκεσθε οἴνῳ 1 And do not get drunk with wine “You should not get drunk from drinking wine”
EPH 5 18 scp1 καὶ μὴ μεθύσκεσθε οἴνῳ 1 And do not get drunk with wine Alternate translation: “You should not get drunk from drinking wine”
EPH 5 18 cd33 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν ἀσωτία 1 in which is recklessness The word **recklessness** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “which leads to reckless behavior” or “because that will ruin you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 5 18 lgw3 ἀλλὰ πληροῦσθε ἐν Πνεύματι 1 Instead, be filled with the Spirit “Instead, you should be controlled by the Holy Spirit”
EPH 5 18 lgw3 ἀλλὰ πληροῦσθε ἐν Πνεύματι 1 Instead, be filled with the Spirit Alternate translation: “Instead, you should be controlled by the Holy Spirit”
EPH 5 18 abe6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Instead The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast relationship. Being drunk is in contrast to being filled with the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EPH 5 19 egk6 figs-merism ψαλμοῖς, καὶ ὕμνοις, καὶ ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς 1 psalms and hymns and spiritual songs This could mean: (1) Paul is using these words as a merism for “all sorts of songs to praise God” (2) Paul is listing specific forms of music. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EPH 5 19 n5jj ψαλμοῖς 1 psalms These are probably songs from the Old Testament book of Psalms that Christians sang.
@ -371,14 +371,14 @@ EPH 5 19 g5ss ὕμνοις 1 hymns These are songs of praise and worship that
EPH 5 19 v9ay figs-doublet ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς 1 spiritual songs This could mean: (1) these are songs that the Holy Spirit inspires a person to sing right at that moment (2) **spiritual songs** and “hymns” form a doublet. They mean basically the same thing, and you could use one word for these instead of two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EPH 5 19 v3ql figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 in your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or inner being. This could mean: (1) they should do this with true motives and sincerity. Alternate translation: “from deep within your being” or “sincerely” (2) they should do this with enthusiasm: Alternate translation: “with all of your being” or “enthusiastically” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 5 20 e6w5 figs-metaphor ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here, **name** could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because you belong to our Lord Jesus Christ” (2) the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “with the authority of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 5 20 abw5 τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί 1 to God, even the Father “to God, who is our father”
EPH 5 20 abw5 τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί 1 to God, even the Father Alternate translation: “to God, who is our father”
EPH 5 22 isd7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to explain how Christians are to submit themselves to one another ([Ephesians 5:21](../05/21.md)). He starts with instructions to wives and husbands on how they should act toward each other.
EPH 5 23 abe7 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For The connecting word **For** introduces the reason of a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the husband is head of the wife in the same way Christ is head of the church. The result is that wives should submit to their husbands. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 5 23 x637 figs-metaphor κεφαλὴ τῆς γυναικὸς…κεφαλὴ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 the head of the wife … the head of the church The word **head** here represents the leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 5 23 abc1 τοῦ σώματος 1 of the body The church is often referred to as the **body** of Christ.
EPH 5 25 sx8d 0 General Information: Here the words **himself** and **he** refer to Christ. The word **her** refers to the church.
EPH 5 25 sm9e ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς γυναῖκας 1 love your wives Here, **love** means that the husband unselfishly does what is best for the wife, unselfishly serving or giving to his wife.
EPH 5 25 i24y ἑαυτὸν παρέδωκεν 1 gave himself up “allowed people to kill him”
EPH 5 25 i24y ἑαυτὸν παρέδωκεν 1 gave himself up Alternate translation: “allowed people to kill him”
EPH 5 25 kp8k figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς 1 for her Paul speaks of the assembly of believers as though it were a woman whom Jesus will marry. Alternate translation: “for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 5 26 abe9 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Christ giving himself up to death is to sanctify the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EPH 5 26 h6vx figs-metaphor αὐτὴν ἁγιάσῃ, καθαρίσας 1 he might sanctify her, having cleansed her Paul speaks of the assembly of believers as though it were a woman whom Jesus will marry. Alternate translation: “he might make us holy, having cleansed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ EPH 5 27 abeb grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 but The connecting wor
EPH 5 27 abec grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Christ washing the church is to make the church holy and blameless. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EPH 5 27 jvi4 figs-doublet ἁγία καὶ ἄμωμος 1 holy and blameless Here, **blameless** means basically the same thing as **holy**. Paul uses the two together to emphasize the church’s purity. If your language does not have two different words, you can use one word for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EPH 5 28 wp8b figs-explicit ὡς τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα 1 as their own bodies You can state explicitly that people love **their own bodies**. Alternate translation: “as husbands love their own bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EPH 5 29 h5aa ἀλλὰ ἐκτρέφει 1 but he nourishes “but he feeds”
EPH 5 29 h5aa ἀλλὰ ἐκτρέφει 1 but he nourishes Alternate translation: “but he feeds”
EPH 5 29 abed grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 but The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Hating one’s own body is in contrast to caring for it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EPH 5 30 abee grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 because The connecting word **because** introduces the reason of a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the church is Christ’s body. The result is that Christ cares for the church. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 5 30 h44f figs-metaphor μέλη ἐσμὲν τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ 1 we are members of his body Here Paul speaks of the close union of believers with Christ as if they were part of his own **body**, for which he would naturally care. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -400,10 +400,10 @@ EPH 5 31 abef grammar-connect-logic-result ἀντὶ τούτου 1 For this re
EPH 6 intro r7c3 0 # Ephesians 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Slavery<br><br>Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches about working to please God whether as a slave or as a master. What Paul teaches here about slavery would have been surprising. In his time, masters were not expected to treat their slaves with respect and not threaten them.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Armor of God<br><br>This extended metaphor describes how Christians can protect themselves when spiritually attacked. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 6 1 wq46 figs-you 0 General Information: The command in verse one is plural. Then in verses two and three Paul quotes from the law of Moses. Moses was talking to the people of Israel as though they were one person, so **your** and **you** are singular there. If that does not make sense, you may need to translate them as plurals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EPH 6 1 jf17 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to explain how Christians are to submit themselves to each other. He gives instructions to children, fathers, workers, and masters.
EPH 6 1 ev8m ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord “because you belong to the Lord” or “as followers of the Lord”
EPH 6 1 ev8m ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord Alternate translation: “because you belong to the Lord” or “as followers of the Lord”
EPH 6 1 abeg grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 for The connecting word **for** introduces the reason of a reason-result relationship. The reason is that children should do what is right. The result is that children should obey their parents. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 6 3 abeh grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of obeying your father and mother is to live well and long on the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EPH 6 4 bb7g μὴ παροργίζετε τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν 1 do not provoke your children to anger “do not make your children angry” or “do not cause your children to be angry”
EPH 6 4 bb7g μὴ παροργίζετε τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν 1 do not provoke your children to anger Alternate translation: “do not make your children angry” or “do not cause your children to be angry”
EPH 6 4 abei grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Instead The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast relationship. Fathers provoking their children to anger is in contrast to raising their children in discipline and instruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EPH 6 4 ytg5 figs-abstractnouns ἐκτρέφετε αὐτὰ ἐν παιδείᾳ καὶ νουθεσίᾳ Κυρίου 1 raise them in the discipline and instruction of the Lord The abstract nouns **discipline** and **instruction** can be expressed as verbs. Alternate translation: “teach them to become adults by making sure that they know and do what the Lord wants them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 6 5 s1pq figs-doublet φόβου καὶ τρόμου 1 fear and trembling The phrase **fear and trembling** uses two similar ideas to emphasize the importance of honoring their masters. Alternate translation: “with deep respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EPH 6 5 ab6z figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἁπλότητι 1 in honesty The word **honesty** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “honestly” or “sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 6 5 cd6z figs-explicit ὡς τῷ Χριστῷ 1 as to Christ To make this clear, you may want to include the verb here: “as you obey Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EPH 6 6 abej grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 but The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Obeying our masters as men-pleasers is in contrast to obeying them because we are slaves of Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EPH 6 6 l9ve ὡς δοῦλοι Χριστοῦ 1 as slaves of Christ “as though your earthly master were Christ himself”
EPH 6 6 l9ve ὡς δοῦλοι Χριστοῦ 1 as slaves of Christ Alternate translation: “as though your earthly master were Christ himself”
EPH 6 6 u5fn figs-metonymy ἐκ ψυχῆς 1 from the soul Here, **soul** is a metonym for “attitudes” or “intentions.” Alternate translation: “wholeheartedly” or “enthusiastically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 6 9 i85s figs-explicit τὰ αὐτὰ ποιεῖτε πρὸς αὐτούς 1 do the same to them Here, **the same** refers back to “if he does something good” from ([Ephesians 6:8](../06/08.md)). Alternate translation: “you also must treat your slaves well” or “just as slaves must do good to their masters, you also must do good to your slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EPH 6 9 wii4 εἰδότες ὅτι καὶ αὐτῶν καὶ ὑμῶν ὁ Κύριός ἐστιν ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 You know that the Master, both theirs and yours, is in heaven “You know that Christ is the Master of both slaves and their masters, and that he is in heaven”
EPH 6 9 r9ue προσωπολημψία οὐκ ἔστιν παρ’ αὐτῷ 1 there is no favoritism with him “he judges everyone the same way”
EPH 6 9 wii4 εἰδότες ὅτι καὶ αὐτῶν καὶ ὑμῶν ὁ Κύριός ἐστιν ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 You know that the Master, both theirs and yours, is in heaven Alternate translation: “You know that Christ is the Master of both slaves and their masters, and that he is in heaven”
EPH 6 9 r9ue προσωπολημψία οὐκ ἔστιν παρ’ αὐτῷ 1 there is no favoritism with him Alternate translation: “he judges everyone the same way”
EPH 6 10 t5th 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives instructions to make believers strong in this battle we are in for God.
EPH 6 10 e4mg figs-doublet τῷ κράτει τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ 1 the force of his strength These two words are very similar in meaning. Together, they reinforce each other. Alternate translation: “his great power” See how you translated this phrase near the end of [Ephesians 1:19](../01/19.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EPH 6 11 n8x8 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθε τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, πρὸς τὸ δύνασθαι ὑμᾶς στῆναι πρὸς τὰς μεθοδίας τοῦ διαβόλου 1 Put on the whole armor of God, to enable you to stand against the scheming of the devil In this metaphor, Paul pictures the spiritual resources that **God** gives to all Christians as a soldier’s **armor**. Alternate translation: “Just as a soldier puts on armor to protect himself from enemy attacks, use all of God’s resources to stand firmly against the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 6 11 ra3y τὰς μεθοδίας 1 the scheming “the tricky plans”
EPH 6 11 ra3y τὰς μεθοδίας 1 the scheming Alternate translation: “the tricky plans”
EPH 6 12 abek grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For The connecting word **For** introduces the reason of a reason-result relationship. The reason is that we are in a struggle against spiritual forces of darkness. The result is that we should put on the whole armor of God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 6 12 d7be figs-synecdoche αἷμα καὶ σάρκα 1 blood and flesh This expression refers to people, not spirits who do not have human bodies. Alternate translation: “human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EPH 6 12 abel grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 but The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. People made of flesh and blood are in contrast to spiritual forces. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EPH 6 17 g2kw figs-metaphor τὴν περικεφαλαίαν τοῦ σωτηρίου δέξασθε 1 Take the helmet of salvation The **salvation** that God gives protects the believer’s mind just as a **helmet** protects the head of a soldier. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 6 17 abkw figs-abstractnouns τοῦ σωτηρίου 1 of salvation The word **salvation** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate Translation: “that represents the fact that God has saved you” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 6 17 c191 figs-metaphor τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ Πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ῥῆμα Θεοῦ 1 the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God In this metaphor, God’s message is compared to a soldier’s **sword**. Just as soldiers use a sword to fight and defeat their enemy, so a believer can use God’s message in the Bible to fight against the devil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 6 18 mu4w διὰ πάσης προσευχῆς καὶ δεήσεως, προσευχόμενοι ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 With every prayer and request, pray at all times in the Spirit “Pray at all times in the Spirit as you pray and make specific requests”
EPH 6 18 mu4w διὰ πάσης προσευχῆς καὶ δεήσεως, προσευχόμενοι ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 With every prayer and request, pray at all times in the Spirit Alternate translation: “Pray at all times in the Spirit as you pray and make specific requests”
EPH 6 18 g1i7 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς αὐτὸ 1 to this end The connecting phrase **to this end** marks a goal or purpose relationship. The goal is what was just mentioned: to pray at all times in the Spirit. In order to do that, believers must be watchful and persevere in making requests for all the saints. Alternate Translation: “for this reason” or “in order to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EPH 6 18 i5hm figs-abstractnouns ἀγρυπνοῦντες ἐν πάσῃ προσκαρτερήσει καὶ δεήσει περὶ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων 1 be watchful with all perseverance and requests for all the saints The word **perseverance** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “persevere in being alert, and pray for all God’s holy people” or “pray with constant alertness for all the believers” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 6 19 rm1h 0 Connecting Statement: In closing this letter, Paul asks his readers to pray for his boldness in telling the gospel while he is in prison and he says that he is sending Tychicus to comfort them.
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
8
EPH
1
3
lm67
figs-exclusive
0
General Information:
In this book, unless otherwise stated, the words “us” and “we” refer to Paul, the believers in Ephesus, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
9
EPH
1
3
zdh3
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul opens his letter by talking about the believers’ position and their safety before God.
Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ
You can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Let us praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11
EPH
1
3
cr9h
ὁ εὐλογήσας ἡμᾶς
1
who has blessed us
“for God has blessed us”Alternate translation: “for God has blessed us”
12
EPH
1
3
m8qh
πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ
1
every spiritual blessing
“every blessing coming from the Spirit of God”Alternate translation: “every blessing coming from the Spirit of God”
13
EPH
1
3
j2lk
ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις
1
in the heavenly places
“in the supernatural world.” The word **heavenly** refers to the place where God is.
14
EPH
1
3
v9qz
figs-metaphor
ἐν Χριστῷ
1
in Christ
Here, **in Christ** could mean: (1) a metaphor referring to our close relationship with Christ. Alternate translation: “by uniting us with Christ” or “because we are united with Christ” (2) what Christ has done. Alternate translation: “through Christ” or “through what Christ has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15
EPH
1
4
ibv6
figs-doublet
ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώμους
1
holy and blameless
Paul uses these two similar words to emphasize moral goodness. If your language does not have two similar words, you can use one word for both, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
16
EPH
1
4
ab01
figs-doublenegatives
ἀμώμους
1
blameless
The word **blameless** contains two negative ideas: “blame” or “fault,” and “-less,” which means “without.” If your readers would misunderstand this, the two negative ideas can be replaced with the corresponding positive idea, “perfect.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
17
EPH
1
5
fp7l
0
General Information:
The words “his,” “He,” and “he” refer to God.
18
EPH
1
5
h7pn
figs-exclusive
προορίσας ἡμᾶς εἰς υἱοθεσίαν
1
he predestined us for adoption
The word **us** refers to Paul, the Ephesian church, and all believers in Christ. Alternate translation: “God planned long ago to adopt us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
19
EPH
1
5
pq1x
προορίσας ἡμᾶς
1
he predestined us
“God chose us ahead of time” or “God chose us long ago”Alternate translation: “God chose us ahead of time” or “God chose us long ago”
20
EPH
1
5
e6f6
figs-metaphor
εἰς υἱοθεσίαν
1
for adoption
Here, **adoption** is a metaphor that refers to becoming part of God’s family. Alternate translation: “to become his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21
EPH
1
5
ciu3
διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ
1
through Jesus Christ
God brought believers into his family by the work of Jesus Christ.
22
EPH
1
6
s9qk
ἐχαρίτωσεν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ
1
he has freely given us in the Beloved One
“he has kindly given to us by means of the One whom he loves”Alternate translation: “he has kindly given to us by means of the One whom he loves”
23
EPH
1
6
x7jp
τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ
1
the Beloved One
“the One he loves, Jesus Christ” or “his Son, whom he loves”Alternate translation: “the One he loves, Jesus Christ” or “his Son, whom he loves”
24
EPH
1
7
abcb
figs-metonymy
διὰ τοῦ αἵματος αὐτοῦ
1
through his blood
The **blood** of Jesus is a metonym for his death. Alternate translation: “because he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
25
EPH
1
7
m9l4
figs-metaphor
τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ
1
the riches of his grace
Paul speaks of God’s grace as if it were material wealth. Alternate translation: “greatness of God’s grace” or “abundance of God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
26
EPH
1
8
pg6j
ἧς ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς ἡμᾶς
1
which he caused to abound to us
“which he gave us in a great amount” or “being extremely kind to us”Alternate translation: “which he gave us in a great amount” or “being extremely kind to us”
27
EPH
1
8
sw98
ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει
1
in all wisdom and understanding
This could mean: (1) because he has all wisdom and understanding. (2) so that we might have great wisdom and understanding.
28
EPH
1
8
ab98
figs-doublet
σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει
1
wisdom and understanding
Here, **wisdom** and **understanding** mean very similar things. If your language does not have two similar words, you can use one word for both. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
29
EPH
1
9
v71p
κατὰ τὴν εὐδοκίαν αὐτοῦ
1
according to his good pleasure
This could mean: (1) because he wanted to make it known to us. (2) which was what he wanted.
30
EPH
1
9
c2uk
ἣν προέθετο ἐν αὐτῷ
1
which he had planned in him
“as he demonstrated this purpose in Christ”Alternate translation: “as he demonstrated this purpose in Christ”
31
EPH
1
9
u53h
ἐν αὐτῷ
1
in him
“by means of Christ”Alternate translation: “by means of Christ”
32
EPH
1
10
n2sl
εἰς οἰκονομίαν
1
with a view to an administration
A new sentence can be started here. Alternate translation: “He did this with a view to an administration” or “He did this, thinking about a stewardship”
33
EPH
1
10
em7q
τοῦ πληρώματος τῶν καιρῶν
1
of the fullness of time
“when the time is right” or “at the time that he has appointed”Alternate translation: “when the time is right” or “at the time that he has appointed”
34
EPH
1
10
ab7q
ἐν αὐτῷ
1
in him
“under his rule” or “under his authority”Alternate translation: “under his rule” or “under his authority”
35
EPH
1
11
ww9s
figs-exclusive
καὶ ἐκληρώθημεν, προορισθέντες
1
we were also allotted as a possession. We were predestined
Both pronouns **we** and **We** are inclusive in this verse. Paul is referring to all Christians, who were predestined to belong to Christ. In verses 12 and 13 he will divide this group into “we” (exclusive) Jewish Christians and “you” Gentile Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
36
EPH
1
11
t281
figs-activepassive
καὶ ἐκληρώθημεν
1
we were also allotted as a possession
You can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God also chose us to be his possession. (2) God also chose us to be heirs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37
EPH
1
11
nkf8
figs-activepassive
προορισθέντες
1
We were predestined
You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God chose us ahead of time” or “God chose us long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38
EPH
1
12
gj44
figs-exclusive
ἡμᾶς…τοὺς προηλπικότας ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ
1
we who were the first to have confident hope in Christ
Here, the word **we** is exclusive and refers to the Jewish believers who first heard the good news, not the believers at Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
39
EPH
1
12
zqm9
εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς, εἰς ἔπαινον δόξης αὐτοῦ
1
so that we … would be for the praise of his glory
“so that we … would live to praise him for his glory”Alternate translation: “so that we … would live to praise him for his glory”
40
EPH
1
13
j1zc
0
General Information:
Paul has been speaking in the previous two verses about himself and the other Jewish believers, but now he begins speaking about the Ephesian believers.
41
EPH
1
13
ac1e
τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας
1
the word of truth
This could mean: (1) the message about the truth. (2) the true message.
42
EPH
1
13
qgf9
figs-metaphor
ἐσφραγίσθητε τῷ Πνεύματι τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, τῷ Ἁγίῳ
1
you were sealed with the promised Holy Spirit
In this metaphor Paul pictures the Holy Spirit as a seal, comparing him to the wax that was placed on a letter and stamped with a symbol representing the person who wrote the letter. Paul uses this custom as a picture to show how God has used the Holy Spirit to assure us that we belong to him. Alternate translation: “God has placed the Holy Spirit that he promised on you as if he were a seal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
47
EPH
1
16
scy9
figs-litotes
οὐ παύομαι εὐχαριστῶν
1
I have not stopped giving thanks
Paul uses **not stopped** to emphasize that he continues to thank God. Alternate translation: “I continue to thank God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
48
EPH
1
16
aby9
figs-hyperbole
οὐ παύομαι εὐχαριστῶν
1
I have not stopped giving thanks
Paul uses this exaggeration to emphasize that he thanks God very often. Alternate translation: “I continue to thank God” or “I often thank God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
49
EPH
1
17
abcd
grammar-connect-logic-result
ἵνα
1
so that
The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Paul prays for the Ephesians. The result is that God would enlighten the Ephesians about all that he has done for them through Christ. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
50
EPH
1
17
b7l1
πνεῦμα σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει αὐτοῦ
1
a spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of him
“spiritual wisdom to understand his revelation”Alternate translation: “spiritual wisdom to understand his revelation”
51
EPH
1
18
gbl7
figs-metonymy
πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας
1
that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened
Here, **heart** refers to a person’s mind or thinking. Alternate Translation: “that you may gain understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
52
EPH
1
18
iv1h
figs-activepassive
πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας
1
that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened
You can state this in the active tense. Alternate translation: “that God may give you understanding” or “that God may enlighten your mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
53
EPH
1
18
abcg
figs-metaphor
τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας
1
that the eyes of your heart
The phrase **eyes of your heart** is a metaphor for one’s ability to gain understanding. Alternate translation: “that you may gain understanding and be enlightened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
54
EPH
1
18
m5j5
πεφωτισμένους
1
that … bay be enlightened
“that … may be made to see”Alternate translation: “that … may be made to see”
55
EPH
1
18
abc4
τῆς κλήσεως αὐτοῦ
1
of his calling
The **calling** of God refers to his choosing people to believe in him. Alternate translation: “that you have because he chose you to be his people”
56
EPH
1
18
h6ig
figs-metaphor
τῆς κληρονομίας αὐτοῦ
1
of his inheritance
Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if one were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
57
EPH
1
18
lg8h
τοῖς ἁγίοις
1
the saints
“those whom he has set apart for himself” or “those who belong completely to him”Alternate translation: “those whom he has set apart for himself” or “those who belong completely to him”
58
EPH
1
19
t7lx
τὸ ὑπερβάλλον μέγεθος τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ
1
the incomparable greatness of his power
“God’s power, which is far beyond all other power”Alternate translation: “God’s power, which is far beyond all other power”
59
EPH
1
19
die1
εἰς ἡμᾶς, τοὺς πιστεύοντας
1
toward us who believe
“for us who believe”Alternate translation: “for us who believe”
60
EPH
1
19
e6g2
τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ κράτους τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ
1
the working of the force of his strength
“his great power that is at work for us”Alternate translation: “his great power that is at work for us”
61
EPH
1
19
abce
figs-doublet
τοῦ κράτους τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ
1
of the force of his strength
The words **force** and **strength** have very similar meanings and may be combined. Alternate translation: “of his great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
62
EPH
1
20
dc4l
ἐγείρας αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν
1
when he raised him from the dead
“when he made him alive again”Alternate translation: “when he made him alive again”
63
EPH
1
20
pu97
figs-nominaladj
ἐκ νεκρῶν
1
from the dead
This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again. Alternate translation: “from among all those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
64
EPH
1
20
ekj4
figs-metonymy
καθίσας ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις
1
seated him at his right hand in the heavenly places
The person who sits **at the right hand** of a king sits at his right side and rules with all the authority of the king at whose right hand or side he sits. This is a metonym of location that represents the authority that the person in that location possesses. Alternate translation: “gave him all authority to rule from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
65
EPH
1
20
f3dh
translate-symaction
καθίσας ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ
1
seated him at his right hand
To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “seated him in the place of honor and authority beside him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
far above all rule and authority and power and dominion
These are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have four different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “far above all types of supernatural beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
68
EPH
1
21
ra11
figs-activepassive
παντὸς ὀνόματος ὀνομαζομένου
1
every name that is named
You can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) every name that man gives. (2) every name that God gives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
69
EPH
1
21
x6qc
ὀνόματος
1
name
This could refer to: (1) a title. (2) a position of authority.
70
EPH
1
21
pym8
ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ
1
in this age
“at this time”Alternate translation: “at this time”
71
EPH
1
21
qw2x
ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι
1
in the age to come
“in the future”Alternate translation: “in the future”
Here, **head** is a metaphor that refers to the leader or the one who is in charge. Alternate translation: “ruler over all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
74
EPH
1
23
ge2c
figs-metaphor
τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ
1
his body
Just as the head (verse 22) rules all things pertaining to a human body, so Christ is the head of the church body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
75
EPH
1
23
w2kh
τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν πληρουμένου
1
the fullness of the one who fills all in all
“for Christ fills the church with his life and power just as he gives life to all things”Alternate translation: “for Christ fills the church with his life and power just as he gives life to all things”
76
EPH
1
23
x2kh
τὸ πλήρωμα
1
the fullness
This could have: (1) a passive sense, which would mean that Christ fills or completes the church. (2) an active sense, which would mean that the church completes Christ (as a body completes a head).
77
EPH
2
intro
e7qn
0
# Ephesians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter focuses on the life that a Christian had before coming to believe in Jesus. Paul then uses this information to explain how a person’s former way of living is distinct from a Christian’s new identity “in Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### One body<br><br>Paul teaches about the church in this chapter. The church is made of two different groups of people (Jews and Gentiles). They are now one group or “body.” The church is also known as the body of Christ. Jews and Gentiles are united in Christ.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “Dead in trespasses and sins”<br><br>Paul teaches that those who are not Christians are “dead” in their sin. Sin binds or enslaves them. This makes them spiritually “dead.” Paul writes that God makes Christians alive in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Descriptions of worldly living<br><br>Paul uses many different ways to describe how non-Christians act. They “lived according to the ways of this world” and are “living according to the ruler of the authorities of the air,” “fulfilling the evil desires of our sinful nature,” and “carrying out the desires of the body and of the mind.”<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “It is the gift of God”<br><br>Some scholars believe “it” here refers to being saved. Other scholars believe that it is faith that is the gift of God. Because of how the Greek tenses agree, “it” here probably refers to both things: the gift is that we are saved by God’s grace through faith.<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is sometimes used as a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. The phrase “Gentiles in the flesh” indicates the Ephesians once lived without any concern for God. But “flesh” is also used in this verse to refer to the physical person, similar to “body part of man.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
78
EPH
2
1
xf5s
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul reminds the believers of their past and the way they now are before God.
82
EPH
2
2
ab80
figs-metaphor
ἐν αἷς ποτε περιεπατήσατε
1
in which you once walked
Here, **walk** is a metaphor for the way a person lives. Alternate translation: “which is how you lived” or “which you did habitually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
83
EPH
2
2
i7d4
figs-metonymy
κατὰ τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ κόσμου τούτου
1
according to the age of this world
The apostles often used **world** to refer to the selfish behaviors and corrupt values of the people living in this world. Alternate translation: “according to the values of people living in the world” or “following the principles of this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
84
EPH
2
2
n5d2
τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος
1
the ruler of the authorities of the air
This refers to the devil or Satan.
85
EPH
2
2
bj9y
τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ νῦν ἐνεργοῦντος
1
the spirit that is now working
“the spirit of Satan, who is currently working”Alternate translation: “the spirit of Satan, who is currently working”
86
EPH
2
2
ab9y
figs-idiom
τοῖς υἱοῖς τῆς ἀπειθείας
1
the sons of disobedience
“people who routinely disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
87
EPH
2
3
d3wd
figs-metonymy
τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ τῶν διανοιῶν
1
the desires of the body and of the mind
The words **body** and **mind** represent the entire person. Alternate Translation: “the selfish things that people want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
88
EPH
2
3
zd6v
figs-idiom
τέκνα…ὀργῆς
1
children of wrath
“people with whom God is angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
97
EPH
2
6
b499
ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις
1
in the heavenly places
The phrase **heavenly places** refers to the place where God is. See how this is translated in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “in the supernatural world”
98
EPH
2
6
m6pq
ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ
1
in Christ Jesus
The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him.
99
EPH
2
7
abcp
grammar-connect-logic-goal
ἵνα
1
so that
The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of God raising up believers and seating them in heaven with Christ is to show the extent of his grace in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
100
EPH
2
7
y6cf
ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσιν, τοῖς ἐπερχομένοις
1
in the ages that are coming
“in the future”Alternate translation: “in the future”
101
EPH
2
8
abcq
grammar-connect-logic-result
γὰρ
1
For
The connecting word **For** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the Ephesians had been saved by God, and not by their own good works. The result is that people would see the grace of God to us in Christ. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
102
EPH
2
8
t9pc
figs-activepassive
τῇ γὰρ χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι διὰ πίστεως
1
For by grace you have been saved through faith
You can state this actively. Alternate translation: “God saved you by grace because of your faith in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
103
EPH
2
8
abpc
figs-abstractnouns
τῇ γὰρ χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι
1
For by grace you have been saved
The word **grace** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “God saved you as a free gift” or “God saved you because of his extreme kindness to you” See how you translated this phrase in [Ephesians 2:5](../02/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
116
EPH
2
11
tf9i
figs-activepassive
ὑπὸ τῆς λεγομένης
1
by those who are called
You can translate this with an active form. Alternate translation: “by what people call” or “by those whom people call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
117
EPH
2
11
fb4r
τῆς λεγομένης περιτομῆς ἐν σαρκὶ χειροποιήτου
1
those who are called “circumcised” in the flesh, performed by human hands
This could refer to: (1) the Jews, who are circumcised by humans. (2) the Jews, who circumcise the physical body.
118
EPH
2
12
abcz
grammar-connect-logic-result
ὅτι
1
For
The connecting word **For** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that they were not part of the Jews, who were circumcised. The result is that the Gentile Ephesians were separated from God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
119
EPH
2
12
u3vu
χωρὶς Χριστοῦ
1
apart from Christ
“unbelievers”Alternate translation: “unbelievers”
120
EPH
2
12
sti2
figs-metaphor
ξένοι τῶν διαθηκῶν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας
1
strangers to the covenants of the promise
Paul speaks to the Gentile believers as if they had been foreigners, kept out of the land of God’s **covenants** and **promise**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
121
EPH
2
13
abcw
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
δὲ
1
But
The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. The current condition of the Ephesian Gentile believers, after they believed in Christ, is that they are near to God. That is in contrast to their previous condition, before they believed in Christ, of being separated from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
you who once were far away have been brought near by the blood of Christ
Not belonging to God due to sin is spoken of as being far away from God. Belonging to God because of the blood of Christ is spoken of as being brought near to God. Alternate translation: “you who once did not belong to God now belong to God because of the blood of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
123
EPH
2
13
tth1
figs-metonymy
ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ
1
by the blood of Christ
Here the **blood of Christ** is a metonym for his death. Alternate translation: “by Christ’s death” or “when Christ died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
124
EPH
2
14
abcv
grammar-connect-logic-result
γάρ
1
For
The connecting word **For** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Christ himself joined them to the Jewish believers. The result is that the Ephesian Gentile believers were brought near to God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
125
EPH
2
14
ue4u
αὐτὸς…ἐστιν ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν
1
he himself is our peace
“Jesus gives us his peace”Alternate translation: “Jesus gives us his peace”
126
EPH
2
14
ccy8
figs-exclusive
ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν
1
our peace
The word **our** refers to Paul and his readers and so, it is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
127
EPH
2
14
t9zn
ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἓν
1
who has made the two one
“who made the Jews and Gentiles one”Alternate translation: “who made the Jews and Gentiles one”
128
EPH
2
14
t6rd
figs-metonymy
ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ αὐτοῦ
1
in his flesh
The phrase **his flesh,** his physical body, is a metonym for his body dying. Alternate translation: “by the death of his body on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
129
EPH
2
14
d7uf
figs-metaphor
τὸ μεσότοιχον τοῦ φραγμοῦ…τὴν ἔχθραν
1
the middle wall of partition, the hostility
The **hostility** between the Jews and Gentiles is compared to a **wall**. Alternate translation: “the hostility that was like a wall that separated them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
130
EPH
2
15
bn71
τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν καταργήσας
1
He abolished the law of commandments in regulations
Jesus’ blood satisfies the law of Moses so that both the Jews and Gentiles can live at peace in God. Alternate translation: “He took away the requirements in the law of Moses”
131
EPH
2
15
abcx
grammar-connect-logic-goal
ἵνα
1
so that
The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Christ in abolishing the law was to join the Jews and the Gentiles together into one group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
132
EPH
2
15
sr2r
figs-metaphor
ἕνα καινὸν ἄνθρωπον
1
one new man
Paul talks about the unity of Jews and Gentiles as if they had become **one** person. Alternate translation: “a single new people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
133
EPH
2
15
b628
figs-metaphor
ἐν αὑτῷ
1
in himself
It is being joined to Christ that makes reconciliation possible between Jews and Gentiles. Paul describes this relationship as though Christ surrounded all of us. Alternate translation: “because he made it possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
134
EPH
2
16
zz8k
ἀποκαταλλάξῃ τοὺς ἀμφοτέρους
1
so that he might reconcile both
“so that Christ might bring the Jews and the Gentiles together in peace”Alternate translation: “so that Christ might bring the Jews and the Gentiles together in peace”
135
EPH
2
16
abc0
figs-metaphor
ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι
1
as one body
The church is often pictured as the **body** of Christ, who is its head. Here it is comprised of both Jews and Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
136
EPH
2
16
bj8x
figs-metonymy
διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ
1
through the cross
Here the **cross** here represents Christ’s death on the cross. Alternate translation: “by means of Christ’s death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
137
EPH
2
16
lq3m
figs-metaphor
ἀποκτείνας τὴν ἔχθραν
1
putting to death the hostility
Stopping their **hostility** is spoken of as if he killed their hostility. By dying on the cross, Jesus eliminated the reason for Jews and Gentiles to be hostile toward each other. Neither are now required to live according to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “stopping them from hating one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
138
EPH
2
17
vhi8
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul tells the Ephesians that Gentile believers are also now just as much a part of God’s people as are Jewish believers. The Jewish apostles and prophets are theirs, as is Christ, and they all form a temple for God in the Spirit.
139
EPH
2
17
g1hz
εὐηγγελίσατο εἰρήνην
1
and proclaimed peace
“and announced the gospel of peace” or “declaring the gospel of peace”Alternate translation: “and announced the gospel of peace” or “declaring the gospel of peace”
140
EPH
2
17
wdu8
figs-metaphor
ὑμῖν τοῖς μακρὰν
1
you who were far away
Paul pictures the Gentiles (non-Jews), who were not part of God’s people, as though they were physically distant from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
141
EPH
2
17
a58n
figs-metaphor
τοῖς ἐγγύς
1
to those who were near
Paul pictures the Jews, who were God’s people by birth, as though they were physically close to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
142
EPH
2
18
qw56
figs-exclusive
ὅτι δι’ αὐτοῦ ἔχομεν τὴν προσαγωγὴν, οἱ ἀμφότεροι
1
for through him we both have access
Here, **we both** refers to Paul, the believing Jews, and the believing non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
157
EPH
3
1
w896
0
Connecting Statement:
To make clear the hidden truth about the church to believers, Paul refers back to the oneness of Jews and Gentiles and how believers from both groups form part of the one group that worships God, like the stones that form one temple.
158
EPH
3
1
jb9u
grammar-connect-logic-result
τούτου χάριν
1
For this reason
The connecting phrase **For this reason** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is what Paul talked about in Chapter 2, that Christ showed his grace by removing the division between Jews and Gentiles and making them into one group. The result is that Paul prays for the Gentiles. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
159
EPH
3
1
abd6
figs-explicit
τούτου χάριν
1
For this reason
You may need to make explicit what the reason is. Alternate translation: “because of God’s grace to you” You may also need to make explicit here what the result is, as in the UST, because Paul does not state the result until 3:14, that he prays for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
160
EPH
3
1
m9b6
ὁ δέσμιος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ
1
the prisoner of Christ Jesus
“the one who is in prison because I serve Christ Jesus”Alternate translation: “the one who is in prison because I serve Christ Jesus”
the stewardship of the grace of God that was given to me for you
Here, **grace** could mean: (1) the gift of the gospel that Paul is bringing to the Gentiles, and you could translate, “the responsibility that God gave me to bring his grace to you.” (2) the gift to Paul of being the steward of the gospel for the Gentiles, and you could translate that as “the responsibility that God graciously gave me for your benefit.”
162
EPH
3
3
dc7x
figs-activepassive
κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν ἐγνωρίσθη μοι
1
according to the revelation made known to me
You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “according to what God revealed to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
163
EPH
3
3
qm6m
καθὼς προέγραψα ἐν ὀλίγῳ
1
about which I already wrote in brief
Paul refers here to another letter that he had written to these people.
175
EPH
3
10
elh2
figs-doublet
ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις
1
to the rulers and to the authorities
These words share similar meanings. Paul uses them together to emphasize that every spiritual being will know God’s wisdom. If your language does not have two words for this, you can use one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
176
EPH
3
10
z7vy
ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις
1
in the heavenly places
The phrase **heavenly places** refers to the place where God is. See how this is translated in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “in the supernatural world”
177
EPH
3
10
ll77
figs-metaphor
ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ
1
the multifaceted wisdom of God
Paul talks of God’s **wisdom** as though it were an object with many surfaces. Alternate translation: “the complex wisdom of God” or “how extremely wise God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
178
EPH
3
11
aaz8
κατὰ πρόθεσιν τῶν αἰώνων
1
according to the eternal purpose
“in keeping with the eternal plan” or “consistent with the eternal plan”Alternate translation: “in keeping with the eternal plan” or “consistent with the eternal plan”
179
EPH
3
12
qfn9
0
Connecting Statement:
In the next section, Paul praises God in his sufferings and prays for these Ephesian believers.
180
EPH
3
12
we6c
ἔχομεν τὴν παρρησίαν
1
we have the boldness
“we are without fear” or “we have courage”Alternate translation: “we are without fear” or “we have courage”
181
EPH
3
12
ab6c
figs-hendiadys
τὴν παρρησίαν καὶ προσαγωγὴν
1
the boldness and access
These two words work together to express one idea: “bold access” or “boldness to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
182
EPH
3
12
zx5c
figs-explicit
προσαγωγὴν ἐν πεποιθήσει
1
access with confidence
It may be helpful to state explicitly that this **access** is into God’s presence. Alternate translation: “access into God’s presence with confidence” or “freedom to enter into God’s presence with confidence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
183
EPH
3
12
kri2
πεποιθήσει
1
confidence
“certainty” or “assurance”Alternate translation: “certainty” or “assurance”
184
EPH
3
13
abd4
grammar-connect-logic-result
διὸ
1
Therefore
The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the believers have access to Christ with confidence. The result is that the believers will not be discouraged. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
185
EPH
3
13
ciu6
figs-metonymy
ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, ἥτις ἐστὶν δόξα ὑμῶν
1
for you, which is your glory
Here, **your glory** is a metonym for the salvation and eternal life that the Ephesians will have because of Paul’s work of telling them about Christ, which resulted in his suffering in prison. You can state this as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “for you. They bring you a wonderful benefit” or “for you. They result in your salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
186
EPH
3
14
abd5
grammar-connect-logic-result
τούτου χάριν
1
For this reason
The connecting phrase **For this reason** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Paul’s sufferings have caused glory for the believers. The result is that Paul prays to the Father. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
188
EPH
3
14
vju2
figs-synecdoche
κάμπτω τὰ γόνατά μου πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα
1
I bend my knees to the Father
Bent **knees** are a picture of the whole person in an attitude of prayer. Alternate translation: “I bow down in prayer to the Father” or “I humbly pray to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
from whom every family in heaven and on earth is named
The act of naming here probably also represents the act of creating. Alternate translation: “who created and named every family in heaven and on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
190
EPH
3
16
abd7
grammar-connect-logic-goal
ἵνα
1
so that
The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Paul’s prayer is that the Ephesian believers would be strengthened by God in their faith and love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
he would grant you, according to the riches of his glory, to be strengthened with power
“God, because he is so great and powerful, would allow you to become strong with his power”Alternate translation: “God, because he is so great and powerful, would allow you to become strong with his power”
192
EPH
3
16
rgf5
δῷ
1
he would grant
“he would give”Alternate translation: “he would give”
193
EPH
3
17
n87p
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul continues the prayer he began in [Ephesians 3:14](../03/14.md).
that Christ may live in your hearts through faith, being rooted and grounded in love
This is the second item for which Paul prays that God will “grant” the Ephesians “according to the riches of his glory.” The first is that they would “be strengthened” ([Ephesians 3:16](../03/16.md)).
Here, **hearts** represent a person’s inner being, and **through** expresses the means by which Christ lives within the believer. Christ lives in the hearts of believers because God graciously allows them to have faith. Alternate translation: “that Christ may live within you because you trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
196
EPH
3
17
g4g1
figs-metaphor
ἐν ἀγάπῃ, ἐρριζωμένοι καὶ τεθεμελιωμένοι
1
being rooted and grounded in love
Paul speaks of their faith as if it were a tree that has deep roots or a house built on a solid foundation. Alternate translation: “you will be like a firmly rooted tree and a building built on stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
197
EPH
3
18
abd8
grammar-connect-logic-result
ἵνα
1
so that
The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Christ would live in their hearts. The result is that the Ephesian believers would fully know the love of God and be filled with God’s fullness. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
198
EPH
3
18
bkk6
καταλαβέσθαι
1
to comprehend
This is the third item for which Paul bends his knees and prays; the first is that God will grant that they be strengthened ([Ephesians 3:16](../03/16.md)) and the second is that Christ may live in their hearts through faith ([Ephesians 3:17](../03/17.md)).
199
EPH
3
18
uu6l
πᾶσιν τοῖς ἁγίοις
1
all the saints
“all the believers in Christ”Alternate translation: “all the believers in Christ”
200
EPH
3
18
ef4s
figs-metaphor
τὸ πλάτος, καὶ μῆκος, καὶ ὕψος, καὶ βάθος
1
the width and length and height and depth
In this metaphor Paul pictures something that is not physical or measurable as something that is physical but stretches out in all directions and, thus, is very large. This could refer to: (1) the intensity of Christ’s love for us. Alternate translation: “how very much Christ loves us” (2) the greatness of God’s wisdom. Alternate translation: “how very wise God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
201
EPH
3
18
ef4t
figs-explicit
τὸ πλάτος, καὶ μῆκος, καὶ ὕψος, καὶ βάθος
1
the width and length and height and depth
It may be necessary to state explicitly what these words refer to. If so, you can combine this with the phrase from the next verse and say: “the width and length and height and depth of, and truly know the love of Christ” or “the width and length and height and depth of the love of Christ, and truly know it”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
202
EPH
3
19
rev9
γνῶναί τε τὴν…ἀγάπην τοῦ Χριστοῦ
1
and to know the love of Christ
This continues the idea from the previous verse. They both refer to knowing the greatness of the love of Christ. Alternate translation: “that you can know how great Christ’s love for us is”
207
EPH
3
19
abd9
grammar-connect-logic-result
ἵνα
1
so that
The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the Ephesian believers would know the love of Christ. The result is that they would be filled with the fulness of God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
208
EPH
3
20
jk5c
figs-exclusive
0
General Information:
The words “we” and “us” in this book continue to include Paul and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
209
EPH
3
20
m7gi
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul concludes his prayer with a blessing.
210
EPH
3
20
zxj3
τῷ δὲ
1
And to him
“Now to God, who”Alternate translation: “Now to God, who”
211
EPH
3
20
zxt3
ποιῆσαι ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ὧν αἰτούμεθα ἢ νοοῦμεν
1
to do exceedingly abundantly above all that we ask or think
“to do much more than all that we ask or think” or “to do things that are much greater than anything that we ask him for or think about”Alternate translation: “to do much more than all that we ask or think” or “to do things that are much greater than anything that we ask him for or think about”
212
EPH
3
21
ab12
figs-abstractnouns
αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ
1
to him be the glory in the church
The word **glory** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “may God’s people glorify him” or “may God’s people praise him for how great he is” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
213
EPH
4
intro
ang8
0
# Ephesians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 8, which is quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spiritual gifts<br><br>Spiritual gifts are specific supernatural abilities that the Holy Spirit gives to Christians after they come to believe in Jesus. These spiritual gifts were foundational to developing the church. Paul lists here only some of the spiritual gifts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Unity<br><br>Paul considers it very important that the church is united. This is a major theme of this chapter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Old man and new man<br><br>The term “old man” probably refers to the sinful nature with which a person is born. The “new man” is the new nature or new life that God gives a person after they come to believe in Christ.
214
EPH
4
1
sb64
0
Connecting Statement:
Because of what Paul has been writing to the Ephesians, he tells them how they should live their lives as believers and again emphasizes that believers are to agree with each other.
215
EPH
4
1
abda
grammar-connect-logic-result
οὖν
1
Therefore
The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that God will be glorified in the church for all generations. The result is that believers should walk in a way that is worthy of the Lord. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
216
EPH
4
1
uss5
ὁ δέσμιος ἐν Κυρίῳ
1
the prisoner for the Lord
“someone who is in prison because he serves the Lord”Alternate translation: “someone who is in prison because he serves the Lord”
217
EPH
4
1
zxr1
figs-metaphor
ἀξίως περιπατῆσαι τῆς κλήσεως
1
to walk worthily of the calling
The phrase **to walk** is a common way to express the idea of living one’s life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
218
EPH
4
1
abc5
τῆς κλήσεως ἧς ἐκλήθητε
1
of the calling by which you were called
Here, **the calling** refers to the fact that God chose them to be his people. Alternate translation: “because God chose you to be his people”
219
EPH
4
2
zs6s
figs-abstractnouns
μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ πραΰτητος
1
with all humility and gentleness, with patience
The words **humility**, **gentleness**, and **patience** are abstract nouns. Alternate Translation: “to learn to be humble, gentle, and patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace
Here Paul speaks of **peace** as if it were a **bond** that ties people together. This is a metaphor for being united with other people by living peacefully with them. Alternate translation: “to live peacefully with one another and remain united as the Spirit made possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace
The words **unity** and **peace** are abstract nouns. Alternate translation: “to live peacefully with one another and remain united as the Spirit made possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
222
EPH
4
4
x5kv
ἓν σῶμα
1
There is one body
The church is often referred to as the **body** of Christ.
223
EPH
4
4
y6ep
ἓν Πνεῦμα
1
one Spirit
“only one Holy Spirit”Alternate translation: “only one Holy Spirit”
224
EPH
4
4
b9mr
figs-activepassive
ἐκλήθητε ἐν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς κλήσεως ὑμῶν
1
you were called in one certain hope of your calling
You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God called you to have one confident hope in your calling” or “there is one thing that God also chose you to be confident in and expect him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
225
EPH
4
6
bz5i
Πατὴρ πάντων…ἐπὶ πάντων…διὰ πάντων…ἐν πᾶσιν
1
Father of all … over all … through all … in all
The word **all** here means “everything.”
226
EPH
4
7
pp9t
0
General Information:
The quote here is from a song that King David wrote.
228
EPH
4
7
u2bw
figs-activepassive
ἑνὶ…ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν ἐδόθη ἡ χάρις
1
to each one of us grace has been given
You can state this using an active form. Alternate translation: “God has given grace to each one of us” or “God gave a gift to each believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
229
EPH
4
7
abbw
figs-abstractnouns
ἑνὶ…ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν ἐδόθη ἡ χάρις
1
to each one of us grace has been given
The word **grace** is an abstract noun that refers here to a gift from God. Alternate translation: “God has given a gift to each believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
230
EPH
4
8
abdb
grammar-connect-logic-result
διὸ
1
Therefore
The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that every believer has been given a spiritual gift. The result is that the Scripture says Jesus gave gifts to men. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
231
EPH
4
8
wj8t
ἀναβὰς εἰς ὕψος
1
When he ascended to the heights
“When Christ went up into heaven”Alternate translation: “When Christ went up into heaven”
232
EPH
4
9
e5at
ἀνέβη
1
He ascended
“Christ went up”Alternate translation: “Christ went up”
233
EPH
4
9
zu81
καὶ κατέβη
1
he also descended
“Christ also came down”Alternate translation: “Christ also came down”
234
EPH
4
9
eq56
εἰς τὰ κατώτερα μέρη τῆς γῆς
1
into the lower regions of the earth
This could refer to: (1) the **lower regions** as a part of the **earth**. (2) **the lower regions** as another way of referring to the **earth** itself. Alternate translation: “into the lower regions, the earth”
235
EPH
4
10
w6t5
ἵνα πληρώσῃ τὰ πάντα
1
so that he might fill all things
“so that he might be working powerfully everywhere”Alternate translation: “so that he might be working powerfully everywhere”
236
EPH
4
10
b5ig
πληρώσῃ
1
he might fill
“he might complete” or “he might satisfy”Alternate translation: “he might complete” or “he might satisfy”
237
EPH
4
12
jx12
πρὸς τὸν καταρτισμὸν τῶν ἁγίων
1
for the equipping of the saints
“to prepare the people whom he has set apart” or “to provide the believers with what they need”Alternate translation: “to prepare the people whom he has set apart” or “to provide the believers with what they need”
238
EPH
4
12
y9gd
εἰς ἔργον διακονίας
1
for the work of serving
“so that they can serve others”Alternate translation: “so that they can serve others”
239
EPH
4
12
n33m
figs-metaphor
εἰς οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ
1
for the building up of the body of Christ
Paul is speaking of people who grow spiritually as if they were doing exercises to increase the strength of their physical bodies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
240
EPH
4
12
pdh4
οἰκοδομὴν
1
the building up
“the improvement”Alternate translation: “the improvement”
241
EPH
4
12
x5gd
τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ
1
of the body of Christ
The **body of Christ** refers to all of the members of Christ’s Church.
The word **unity** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “we all become equally strong in faith” or “we all become united together in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
The word **faith** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “become united together as believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
245
EPH
4
13
cd6a
figs-abstractnouns
τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ
1
the knowledge of the Son of God
The word **knowledge** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “all know well the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
246
EPH
4
13
x7k3
guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ
1
of the Son of God
This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
247
EPH
4
13
m3rt
εἰς ἄνδρα τέλειον
1
to a mature man
“to a mature believer”Alternate translation: “to a mature believer”
248
EPH
4
13
gv6m
τέλειον
1
mature
“fully developed” or “grown up” or “complete”Alternate translation: “fully developed” or “grown up” or “complete”
249
EPH
4
14
abdc
grammar-connect-logic-goal
ἵνα
1
so that
The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of gifted people in the church is to bring all the believers to spiritual maturity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
250
EPH
4
14
xgi4
figs-metaphor
μηκέτι ὦμεν νήπιοι
1
we may no longer be children
Paul refers to believers who have not grown spiritually as if they were **children** who have had very little experience in life. Alternate translation: “we may no longer be like children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
tossed back and forth by the waves and carried away by every wind of teaching
Paul speaks of a believer who has not become mature and follows various wrong teachings as if that believer were a boat and the teachings were the **wind** and **waves** that move the boat in different directions on the water. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
260
EPH
4
16
l5r6
figs-metaphor
διὰ πάσης ἁφῆς τῆς ἐπιχορηγίας
1
by every supporting ligament
Paul continues the metaphor comparing the believers to a human body. A **ligament** is a strong band that connects bones or holds organs in place in the body. Just as the body is held together by strong ligaments, so the believers are held together by love that grows stronger as the body parts grow and work together. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
261
EPH
4
17
n5cy
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul tells them what they should no longer do now that they, as believers, are sealed by the Holy Spirit of God.
262
EPH
4
17
abde
grammar-connect-logic-result
οὖν
1
Therefore
The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Christ wants every believer to become spiritually mature and to serve the other believers. The result is that the Ephesian believers should no longer act as the Gentiles act. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
263
EPH
4
17
ksr8
τοῦτο οὖν λέγω καὶ μαρτύρομαι
1
Therefore, I say this and strongly urge
“Because of what I have just said, I will now say something more in order to strongly encourage”Alternate translation: “Because of what I have just said, I will now say something more in order to strongly encourage”
264
EPH
4
17
abr8
ἐν Κυρίῳ
1
in the Lord
This could be: (1) referring to the authority of the Lord. (2) stating that we all belong to the Lord.
you … to walk no longer as the Gentiles also walk, in futility of their minds
Paul commonly uses this metaphor that compares walking to living one’s life. Alternate translation: “you … to stop living like the Gentiles with their worthless thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
266
EPH
4
18
lab7
figs-metaphor
ἐσκοτωμένοι τῇ διανοίᾳ
1
They have been darkened in their understanding
This metaphor compares wrong thinking with darkness. Alternate translation: “they no longer think or reason clearly” or “they are not able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
267
EPH
4
18
abci
figs-activepassive
ἐσκοτωμένοι τῇ διανοίᾳ
1
They have been darkened in their understanding
You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Their way of thinking has become dark” or “They no longer think or reason clearly” or “They are not able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
alienated from the life of God because of the ignorance that is in them
You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “because they do not know God, they cannot live the way that God wants his people to live” or “they have cut themselves off from the life of God by their ignorance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
269
EPH
4
18
w235
ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι
1
alienated
“cut off” or “separated”Alternate translation: “cut off” or “separated”
270
EPH
4
18
s1uz
ἄγνοιαν
1
ignorance
“lack of knowledge” or “lack of information”Alternate translation: “lack of knowledge” or “lack of information”
271
EPH
4
18
k8qv
figs-metaphor
διὰ τὴν πώρωσιν τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν
1
because of the hardness of their hearts
The phrase **hardness of their hearts** is a metaphor that means “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “because they are stubborn” or “because they refuse to listen to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
272
EPH
4
18
abdf
grammar-connect-logic-result
διὰ
1
because of
The connecting word **because** introduces a reason-result relationship. The first reason is that they are ignorant of him. The result is that the Gentiles are separated from God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
273
EPH
4
18
abdg
grammar-connect-logic-result
διὰ
2
because of
The connecting word **because** introduces a reason-result relationship. The second reason is that their hearts are hardened. The result is that Gentiles are separated from God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
289
EPH
4
25
ab23
figs-abstractnouns
λαλεῖτε ἀλήθειαν ἕκαστος
1
let each of you speak truth
The word **truth** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “each of you should speak truthfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
290
EPH
4
25
abdj
grammar-connect-logic-result
ὅτι
1
because
The connecting word **because** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that believers are members of the same body of Christ. The result is that believers should speak the truth to each other. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
291
EPH
4
25
zh2g
figs-metaphor
ἐσμὲν ἀλλήλων μέλη
1
we are members of one another
Here Paul speaks of the close union of believers with each other as if they were each part of one single body. Alternate translation: “we belong to one another” or “we are all members of God’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
292
EPH
4
26
w8rw
ὀργίζεσθε, καὶ μὴ ἁμαρτάνετε
1
Be angry and do not sin
“You may get angry, but do not sin” or “If you become angry, do not sin”Alternate translation: “You may get angry, but do not sin” or “If you become angry, do not sin”
293
EPH
4
26
ki7p
figs-metonymy
ὁ ἥλιος μὴ ἐπιδυέτω ἐπὶ παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν
1
Do not let the sun go down on your indignation
The **sun** going **down** represents nightfall or the end of the day. Alternate translation: “You must stop being angry before night comes” or “Let go of your anger before the day ends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
294
EPH
4
27
w71s
μηδὲ δίδοτε τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ
1
nor give an opportunity to the devil
“and do not give the devil an opportunity to lead you into sin”Alternate translation: “and do not give the devil an opportunity to lead you into sin”
295
EPH
4
28
abdk
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
μᾶλλον δὲ
1
But rather
The connecting phrase **But rather** introduces a contrast relationship. The way a former thief should work hard to have something to share with others is in contrast to the way he formerly stole for himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
296
EPH
4
28
abdl
grammar-connect-logic-goal
ἵνα
1
so that
The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of working hard with ones own hands is to be able to meet the needs of others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
297
EPH
4
29
f6yk
λόγος σαπρὸς
1
corrupt talk
This refers to speech that is cruel or rude.
298
EPH
4
29
abdm
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
ἀλλ’
1
but
The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Speaking what is corrupt is in contrast to speaking good things that will build up others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
299
EPH
4
29
p9wc
πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν
1
for building up
“for encouraging” or “for strengthening”Alternate translation: “for encouraging” or “for strengthening”
300
EPH
4
29
abdn
grammar-connect-logic-goal
ἵνα
1
so that
The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of speaking things that build up others is to give grace to those who hear the words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
301
EPH
4
29
bv8a
τῆς χρείας, ἵνα δῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν
1
the one in need, so that it might give grace to the hearers
“the needy. In this way you will help those who hear you”Alternate translation: “the needy. In this way you will help those who hear you”
302
EPH
4
29
ab8a
figs-abstractnouns
ἵνα δῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν
1
so that it might give grace to the hearers
The word **grace** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “so that those who hear you may be spiritually encouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
303
EPH
4
30
air6
μὴ λυπεῖτε
1
do not grieve
“do not distress” or “do not upset”Alternate translation: “do not distress” or “do not upset”
304
EPH
4
30
pgk9
figs-metaphor
ἐν ᾧ ἐσφραγίσθητε εἰς ἡμέραν ἀπολυτρώσεως
1
by whom you were sealed for the day of redemption
The Holy Spirit assures believers that God will redeem them. Paul speaks of the Holy Spirit as if he were a mark that God puts on believers to show that he owns them. Alternate translation: “for he is the seal that assures you that God will redeem you on the day of redemption” or “for he is the one who assures you that God will redeem you on the day of redemption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
305
EPH
4
30
abck
figs-activepassive
ἐν ᾧ ἐσφραγίσθητε εἰς ἡμέραν ἀπολυτρώσεως
1
by whom you were sealed for the day of redemption
You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for he has sealed you for the day of redemption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
306
EPH
4
31
b72p
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul finishes his instructions on what believers should not do and ends with what they must do.
308
EPH
4
31
t1gj
figs-abstractnouns
πικρία, καὶ θυμὸς, καὶ ὀργὴ
1
bitterness, and rage, and anger
These are abstract nouns that can be expressed as adjectives. Alternate translation: “being bitter, and intensely angry, and angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
309
EPH
4
31
abgj
figs-abstractnouns
κακίᾳ
1
malice
The word **malice** is an abstract noun that can be expressed as an adjective. Alternate translation: “being malicious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
310
EPH
4
32
abdo
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
δὲ
1
Instead
The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast relationship. Speaking angry and hurtful things is in contrast to speaking kind and tender things to one another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
311
EPH
4
32
w7tk
εὔσπλαγχνοι
1
tenderhearted
“gentle and compassionate towards others”Alternate translation: “gentle and compassionate towards others”
312
EPH
5
intro
tdd2
0
# Ephesians 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 14.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Inheritance of the kingdom of Christ<br><br>Some scholars believe that those who continue to practice the things listed in 5:5 will not inherit eternal life. But God can forgive all the sins listed in this verse. Immoral, impure, or greedy people can still receive eternal life if they repent and believe in Jesus. God will be the one who decides this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Wives, submit to your husbands<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe that men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe that God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they interpret this issue affect how they translate this passage.
313
EPH
5
1
wus5
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul continues to tell the believers how they should and should not live as God’s children.
314
EPH
5
1
jx2q
γίνεσθε οὖν μιμηταὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ
1
Therefore, be imitators of God
The word **imitators** is a verbal noun, and can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “Therefore, imitate God” or “Therefore you should do what God does.”
318
EPH
5
2
bak1
figs-metaphor
προσφορὰν καὶ θυσίαν τῷ Θεῷ εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας
1
an offering and sacrifice to God for a fragrant aroma
This metaphor compares Christ dying on the cross for our sins with an Old Testament **sacrifice** for sin, which were roasted in a fire and gave off a pleasing smell. Alternate translation: “like a sweet-smelling offering and sacrifice to God” or “an offering and sacrifice to God that pleased God very much” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
But sexual immorality and every impurity or greed must not even be named among you
You can state this in an active form: “Do not do anything that would let anyone think that you are guilty of sexual immorality or any kind of impurity or greed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
320
EPH
5
3
abdq
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
δὲ
1
But
The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. The fragrant offering and sacrifice to God is in contrast to sinful acts and thoughts that are not fitting for saints. Use a connecting word that indicates a contrast in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
321
EPH
5
3
xat9
ἀκαθαρσία πᾶσα
1
every impurity
“any moral uncleanness”Alternate translation: “any moral uncleanness”
322
EPH
5
4
utm5
ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον εὐχαριστία
1
but instead, thanksgiving
The word **thanksgiving** is a verbal noun, and can be translated with a verb: “instead of those things, you should thank God”
323
EPH
5
4
abdr
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον
1
but instead
The connecting phrase **but instead** introduces a contrast relationship. Sinful acts and thoughts are in contrast to thanksgiving to God. Use a connecting word that indicates a contrast in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
324
EPH
5
5
abc6
figs-metaphor
ἀκάθαρτος
1
unclean
Here being **unclean** (dirty) is a metaphor for being sinful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
325
EPH
5
5
vb16
figs-metaphor
οὐκ ἔχει κληρονομίαν
1
has no inheritance
Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “will receive nothing” or “has no part” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
326
EPH
5
6
px7p
κενοῖς λόγοις
1
with empty words
“with words that have no truth in them” or “by speaking words that are not true”Alternate translation: “with words that have no truth in them” or “by speaking words that are not true”
327
EPH
5
6
abds
grammar-connect-logic-result
γὰρ
1
for
The connecting word **for** introduces a reason-result relationship. The result is stated first: that the Ephesian believers should not let anyone deceive them with empty words. Then the reason is stated: that the wrath of God will judge those things. Use a phrase that connects a reason to a result, and put them in the order that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
328
EPH
5
6
ab16
figs-abstractnouns
ἔρχεται ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπὶ
1
the wrath of God is coming upon
The word **wrath** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
329
EPH
5
6
ab73
figs-idiom
τοὺς υἱοὺς τῆς ἀπειθείας
1
the sons of disobedience
This is an idiom that means, “people who habitually disobey” or “people who are characterized by disobedience” Alternate translation: “those who disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
361
EPH
5
17
abe4
grammar-connect-logic-result
διὰ τοῦτο
1
Because of this
The connecting phrase **Because of this** introduces the result of a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the days are evil. The result is that the believers will not be foolish, but understand God’s will. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
362
EPH
5
17
abe5
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
ἀλλὰ
1
but
The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Being foolish is in contrast to understanding God’s will. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
363
EPH
5
18
tz9e
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul ends his instructions on how all believers should live.
364
EPH
5
18
scp1
καὶ μὴ μεθύσκεσθε οἴνῳ
1
And do not get drunk with wine
“You should not get drunk from drinking wine”Alternate translation: “You should not get drunk from drinking wine”
365
EPH
5
18
cd33
figs-abstractnouns
ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν ἀσωτία
1
in which is recklessness
The word **recklessness** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “which leads to reckless behavior” or “because that will ruin you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
366
EPH
5
18
lgw3
ἀλλὰ πληροῦσθε ἐν Πνεύματι
1
Instead, be filled with the Spirit
“Instead, you should be controlled by the Holy Spirit”Alternate translation: “Instead, you should be controlled by the Holy Spirit”
367
EPH
5
18
abe6
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
ἀλλὰ
1
Instead
The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast relationship. Being drunk is in contrast to being filled with the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
368
EPH
5
19
egk6
figs-merism
ψαλμοῖς, καὶ ὕμνοις, καὶ ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς
1
psalms and hymns and spiritual songs
This could mean: (1) Paul is using these words as a merism for “all sorts of songs to praise God” (2) Paul is listing specific forms of music. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
369
EPH
5
19
n5jj
ψαλμοῖς
1
psalms
These are probably songs from the Old Testament book of Psalms that Christians sang.
371
EPH
5
19
v9ay
figs-doublet
ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς
1
spiritual songs
This could mean: (1) these are songs that the Holy Spirit inspires a person to sing right at that moment (2) **spiritual songs** and “hymns” form a doublet. They mean basically the same thing, and you could use one word for these instead of two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
372
EPH
5
19
v3ql
figs-metonymy
τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν
1
in your heart
Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or inner being. This could mean: (1) they should do this with true motives and sincerity. Alternate translation: “from deep within your being” or “sincerely” (2) they should do this with enthusiasm: Alternate translation: “with all of your being” or “enthusiastically” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
373
EPH
5
20
e6w5
figs-metaphor
ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ
1
in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ
Here, **name** could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because you belong to our Lord Jesus Christ” (2) the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “with the authority of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
374
EPH
5
20
abw5
τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί
1
to God, even the Father
“to God, who is our father”Alternate translation: “to God, who is our father”
375
EPH
5
22
isd7
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul begins to explain how Christians are to submit themselves to one another ([Ephesians 5:21](../05/21.md)). He starts with instructions to wives and husbands on how they should act toward each other.
376
EPH
5
23
abe7
grammar-connect-logic-result
ὅτι
1
For
The connecting word **For** introduces the reason of a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the husband is head of the wife in the same way Christ is head of the church. The result is that wives should submit to their husbands. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
377
EPH
5
23
x637
figs-metaphor
κεφαλὴ τῆς γυναικὸς…κεφαλὴ τῆς ἐκκλησίας
1
the head of the wife … the head of the church
The word **head** here represents the leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
378
EPH
5
23
abc1
τοῦ σώματος
1
of the body
The church is often referred to as the **body** of Christ.
379
EPH
5
25
sx8d
0
General Information:
Here the words **himself** and **he** refer to Christ. The word **her** refers to the church.
380
EPH
5
25
sm9e
ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς γυναῖκας
1
love your wives
Here, **love** means that the husband unselfishly does what is best for the wife, unselfishly serving or giving to his wife.
381
EPH
5
25
i24y
ἑαυτὸν παρέδωκεν
1
gave himself up
“allowed people to kill him”Alternate translation: “allowed people to kill him”
382
EPH
5
25
kp8k
figs-metaphor
ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς
1
for her
Paul speaks of the assembly of believers as though it were a woman whom Jesus will marry. Alternate translation: “for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
383
EPH
5
26
abe9
grammar-connect-logic-goal
ἵνα
1
so that
The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Christ giving himself up to death is to sanctify the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
384
EPH
5
26
h6vx
figs-metaphor
αὐτὴν ἁγιάσῃ, καθαρίσας
1
he might sanctify her, having cleansed her
Paul speaks of the assembly of believers as though it were a woman whom Jesus will marry. Alternate translation: “he might make us holy, having cleansed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
390
EPH
5
27
abec
grammar-connect-logic-goal
ἵνα
2
so that
The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Christ washing the church is to make the church holy and blameless. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
391
EPH
5
27
jvi4
figs-doublet
ἁγία καὶ ἄμωμος
1
holy and blameless
Here, **blameless** means basically the same thing as **holy**. Paul uses the two together to emphasize the church’s purity. If your language does not have two different words, you can use one word for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
392
EPH
5
28
wp8b
figs-explicit
ὡς τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα
1
as their own bodies
You can state explicitly that people love **their own bodies**. Alternate translation: “as husbands love their own bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
393
EPH
5
29
h5aa
ἀλλὰ ἐκτρέφει
1
but he nourishes
“but he feeds”Alternate translation: “but he feeds”
394
EPH
5
29
abed
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
ἀλλὰ
1
but
The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Hating one’s own body is in contrast to caring for it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
395
EPH
5
30
abee
grammar-connect-logic-result
ὅτι
1
because
The connecting word **because** introduces the reason of a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the church is Christ’s body. The result is that Christ cares for the church. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
396
EPH
5
30
h44f
figs-metaphor
μέλη ἐσμὲν τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ
1
we are members of his body
Here Paul speaks of the close union of believers with Christ as if they were part of his own **body**, for which he would naturally care. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
400
EPH
6
intro
r7c3
0
# Ephesians 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Slavery<br><br>Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches about working to please God whether as a slave or as a master. What Paul teaches here about slavery would have been surprising. In his time, masters were not expected to treat their slaves with respect and not threaten them.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Armor of God<br><br>This extended metaphor describes how Christians can protect themselves when spiritually attacked. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
401
EPH
6
1
wq46
figs-you
0
General Information:
The command in verse one is plural. Then in verses two and three Paul quotes from the law of Moses. Moses was talking to the people of Israel as though they were one person, so **your** and **you** are singular there. If that does not make sense, you may need to translate them as plurals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
402
EPH
6
1
jf17
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul continues to explain how Christians are to submit themselves to each other. He gives instructions to children, fathers, workers, and masters.
403
EPH
6
1
ev8m
ἐν Κυρίῳ
1
in the Lord
“because you belong to the Lord” or “as followers of the Lord”Alternate translation: “because you belong to the Lord” or “as followers of the Lord”
404
EPH
6
1
abeg
grammar-connect-logic-result
γάρ
1
for
The connecting word **for** introduces the reason of a reason-result relationship. The reason is that children should do what is right. The result is that children should obey their parents. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
405
EPH
6
3
abeh
grammar-connect-logic-goal
ἵνα
1
so that
The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of obeying your father and mother is to live well and long on the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
406
EPH
6
4
bb7g
μὴ παροργίζετε τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν
1
do not provoke your children to anger
“do not make your children angry” or “do not cause your children to be angry”Alternate translation: “do not make your children angry” or “do not cause your children to be angry”
407
EPH
6
4
abei
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
ἀλλὰ
1
Instead
The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast relationship. Fathers provoking their children to anger is in contrast to raising their children in discipline and instruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
408
EPH
6
4
ytg5
figs-abstractnouns
ἐκτρέφετε αὐτὰ ἐν παιδείᾳ καὶ νουθεσίᾳ Κυρίου
1
raise them in the discipline and instruction of the Lord
The abstract nouns **discipline** and **instruction** can be expressed as verbs. Alternate translation: “teach them to become adults by making sure that they know and do what the Lord wants them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
409
EPH
6
5
s1pq
figs-doublet
φόβου καὶ τρόμου
1
fear and trembling
The phrase **fear and trembling** uses two similar ideas to emphasize the importance of honoring their masters. Alternate translation: “with deep respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
412
EPH
6
5
ab6z
figs-abstractnouns
ἐν ἁπλότητι
1
in honesty
The word **honesty** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “honestly” or “sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
413
EPH
6
5
cd6z
figs-explicit
ὡς τῷ Χριστῷ
1
as to Christ
To make this clear, you may want to include the verb here: “as you obey Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
414
EPH
6
6
abej
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
ἀλλ’
1
but
The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Obeying our masters as men-pleasers is in contrast to obeying them because we are slaves of Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
415
EPH
6
6
l9ve
ὡς δοῦλοι Χριστοῦ
1
as slaves of Christ
“as though your earthly master were Christ himself”Alternate translation: “as though your earthly master were Christ himself”
416
EPH
6
6
u5fn
figs-metonymy
ἐκ ψυχῆς
1
from the soul
Here, **soul** is a metonym for “attitudes” or “intentions.” Alternate translation: “wholeheartedly” or “enthusiastically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
417
EPH
6
9
i85s
figs-explicit
τὰ αὐτὰ ποιεῖτε πρὸς αὐτούς
1
do the same to them
Here, **the same** refers back to “if he does something good” from ([Ephesians 6:8](../06/08.md)). Alternate translation: “you also must treat your slaves well” or “just as slaves must do good to their masters, you also must do good to your slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
You know that the Master, both theirs and yours, is in heaven
“You know that Christ is the Master of both slaves and their masters, and that he is in heaven”Alternate translation: “You know that Christ is the Master of both slaves and their masters, and that he is in heaven”
419
EPH
6
9
r9ue
προσωπολημψία οὐκ ἔστιν παρ’ αὐτῷ
1
there is no favoritism with him
“he judges everyone the same way”Alternate translation: “he judges everyone the same way”
420
EPH
6
10
t5th
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul gives instructions to make believers strong in this battle we are in for God.
421
EPH
6
10
e4mg
figs-doublet
τῷ κράτει τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ
1
the force of his strength
These two words are very similar in meaning. Together, they reinforce each other. Alternate translation: “his great power” See how you translated this phrase near the end of [Ephesians 1:19](../01/19.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
Put on the whole armor of God, to enable you to stand against the scheming of the devil
In this metaphor, Paul pictures the spiritual resources that **God** gives to all Christians as a soldier’s **armor**. Alternate translation: “Just as a soldier puts on armor to protect himself from enemy attacks, use all of God’s resources to stand firmly against the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
423
EPH
6
11
ra3y
τὰς μεθοδίας
1
the scheming
“the tricky plans”Alternate translation: “the tricky plans”
424
EPH
6
12
abek
grammar-connect-logic-result
ὅτι
1
For
The connecting word **For** introduces the reason of a reason-result relationship. The reason is that we are in a struggle against spiritual forces of darkness. The result is that we should put on the whole armor of God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
425
EPH
6
12
d7be
figs-synecdoche
αἷμα καὶ σάρκα
1
blood and flesh
This expression refers to people, not spirits who do not have human bodies. Alternate translation: “human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
426
EPH
6
12
abel
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
ἀλλὰ
1
but
The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. People made of flesh and blood are in contrast to spiritual forces. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
445
EPH
6
17
g2kw
figs-metaphor
τὴν περικεφαλαίαν τοῦ σωτηρίου δέξασθε
1
Take the helmet of salvation
The **salvation** that God gives protects the believer’s mind just as a **helmet** protects the head of a soldier. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
446
EPH
6
17
abkw
figs-abstractnouns
τοῦ σωτηρίου
1
of salvation
The word **salvation** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate Translation: “that represents the fact that God has saved you” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
447
EPH
6
17
c191
figs-metaphor
τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ Πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ῥῆμα Θεοῦ
1
the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God
In this metaphor, God’s message is compared to a soldier’s **sword**. Just as soldiers use a sword to fight and defeat their enemy, so a believer can use God’s message in the Bible to fight against the devil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
With every prayer and request, pray at all times in the Spirit
“Pray at all times in the Spirit as you pray and make specific requests”Alternate translation: “Pray at all times in the Spirit as you pray and make specific requests”
449
EPH
6
18
g1i7
grammar-connect-logic-goal
εἰς αὐτὸ
1
to this end
The connecting phrase **to this end** marks a goal or purpose relationship. The goal is what was just mentioned: to pray at all times in the Spirit. In order to do that, believers must be watchful and persevere in making requests for all the saints. Alternate Translation: “for this reason” or “in order to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
be watchful with all perseverance and requests for all the saints
The word **perseverance** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “persevere in being alert, and pray for all God’s holy people” or “pray with constant alertness for all the believers” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
451
EPH
6
19
rm1h
0
Connecting Statement:
In closing this letter, Paul asks his readers to pray for his boldness in telling the gospel while he is in prison and he says that he is sending Tychicus to comfort them.
PHP 4 18 hte4 translate-names Ἐπαφροδίτου 1 I abound **Epaphroditus** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Philippians 2:25](../02/25.md). (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
PHP 4 18 s68v figs-metaphor ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, θυσίαν δεκτήν, εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ 1 an aroma, a sweet smell, an acceptable, pleasing sacrifice to God Here Paul speaks figuratively of the gift from the Philippian believers as if it were a **sacrifice** offered **to God** on an altar. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “which are very pleasing to God” or “which make God happy” or “which I assure you are gifts very pleasing to God, like an acceptable sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 4 19 r96p figs-idiom πληρώσει πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν 1 will fulfill all your needs The word for **will fulfill** is the same word translated as “have been fulfilled” in verse 18. This phrase is an idiom meaning “will provide everything you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PHP 4 19 xmk2 κατὰ τὸ πλοῦτος αὐτοῦ ἐν δόξῃ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus “from his glorious riches that he gives through Christ Jesus”
PHP 4 19 xmk2 κατὰ τὸ πλοῦτος αὐτοῦ ἐν δόξῃ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus Alternate translation: “from his glorious riches that he gives through Christ Jesus”
PHP 4 20 fba5 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Now to our God When Paul says **our**, he is speaking of himself and the Philippian believers, so **our** is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
PHP 4 21 h2jr figs-yousingular ἀσπάσασθε 1 The brothers This is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
PHP 4 21 z65a figs-metaphor οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). Paul is using the term **brothers** figuratively here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you can express this plainly. Alternative translation, “My fellow believers here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 220 and column 168.
@ -5,23 +5,23 @@ TIT 1 1 rtc9 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ πίστιν 1 for the faith **Faith**
TIT 1 1 xyz8 figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσιν 1 the knowledge If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **knowledge**, you can use a verb such as “to know,” as in the UST. Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 1 1 abc8 figs-abstractnouns ἀληθείας 1 of the truth If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you can use an adjective phrase such as “what is true” or “the true message.” Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 1 1 fyf8 figs-abstractnouns τῆς κατ’ εὐσέβειαν 1 that agrees with godliness Here, **godliness** is an abstract noun that refers to living in a way that pleases God. Alternate Translation: “that is suitable for honoring God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 1 2 xyz9 ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 with the certain hope of everlasting life “that gives us the certain hope of everlasting life” or “based on our certain hope for everlasting life”
TIT 1 2 r2gj πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων 1 before all the ages of time “before time began”
TIT 1 3 b22h καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 at the right time “at the proper time”
TIT 1 2 xyz9 ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 with the certain hope of everlasting life Alternate translation: “that gives us the certain hope of everlasting life” or “based on our certain hope for everlasting life”
TIT 1 2 r2gj πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων 1 before all the ages of time Alternate translation: “before time began”
TIT 1 3 b22h καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 at the right time Alternate translation: “at the proper time”
TIT 1 3 swi9 figs-metaphor ἐφανέρωσεν…τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 he revealed his word Paul speaks of God’s word as if it were an object that could be visibly shown to people. Alternate translation: “he caused me to understand his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 1 3 abc9 ἐν κηρύγματι 1 by the proclamation “through the proclamation of the message”
TIT 1 3 abc9 ἐν κηρύγματι 1 by the proclamation Alternate translation: “through the proclamation of the message”
TIT 1 3 m41u figs-activepassive ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγὼ 1 that I was entrusted with You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he entrusted to me” or “he gave me the responsibility to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
TIT 1 3 dpn4 τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 of God our Savior “of God, who saves us”
TIT 1 3 dpn4 τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 of God our Savior Alternate translation: “of God, who saves us”
TIT 1 3 xy18 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 1 4 gu55 figs-metaphor γνησίῳ τέκνῳ 1 a true son Though Titus was not Paul’s biological **son**, they share a common faith in Christ. Paul considers relationship to Christ through faith to be more important than biological relationship. Thus, because of their relative ages and shared faith in Christ, Paul considers Titus as his own son. It may also be that Paul led Titus to faith in Christ, and so Titus is like a son in this spiritual sense. Alternate translation: “you are like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 1 4 wx6c κοινὴν πίστιν 1 our common faith Paul and Titus both share the same faith in Christ. Alternate translation: “our belief in Christ”
TIT 1 4 h93t figs-ellipsis χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace and peace This was a common greeting Paul used. You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “May you experience kindness and inner peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
TIT 1 4 s3yr Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 Christ Jesus our Savior “Christ Jesus who is our Savior”
TIT 1 4 s3yr Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 Christ Jesus our Savior Alternate translation: “Christ Jesus who is our Savior”
TIT 1 4 xy17 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 1 5 ew8h grammar-connect-logic-goal τούτου χάριν 1 For this purpose The connecting phrase **For this purpose** introduces the goal that Paul wanted to accomplish when he left Titus in Crete (to ordain elders in the church). Alternate translation: “This is the reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
TIT 1 5 lh9b ἀπέλιπόν σε ἐν Κρήτῃ 1 I left you in Crete “I told you to stay in Crete”
TIT 1 5 ga62 ἵνα τὰ λείποντα ἐπιδιορθώσῃ 1 that you might set in order things not yet complete “so that you would finish arranging things that needed to be done”
TIT 1 5 lh9b ἀπέλιπόν σε ἐν Κρήτῃ 1 I left you in Crete Alternate translation: “I told you to stay in Crete”
TIT 1 5 ga62 ἵνα τὰ λείποντα ἐπιδιορθώσῃ 1 that you might set in order things not yet complete Alternate translation: “so that you would finish arranging things that needed to be done”
TIT 1 5 p56w πρεσβυτέρους 1 elders In the early Christian churches, Christian **elders** gave spiritual leadership to the assemblies of believers. This word refers to people who are mature in faith.
TIT 1 6 wja4 0 Connecting Statement: Having told Titus to ordain elders in every city on the island of Crete, Paul then gives the requirements for elders.
TIT 1 6 jen8 εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἀνέγκλητος 1 if anyone is blameless This is the beginning of the description of the character of an elder. Titus is to choose men who fit the following description. To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “an elder must be without blame” or “an elder must not have a bad reputation”
@ -30,14 +30,14 @@ TIT 1 6 q6uy figs-explicit μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ 1 the husband o
TIT 1 6 wd6q τέκνα…πιστά 1 faithful children This could refer to: (1) children who believe in Jesus. (2) children who are trustworthy.
TIT 1 7 lz7x τὸν ἐπίσκοπον 1 the overseer The word **overseer** is another name for the same position of spiritual leadership that Paul referred to as **elder** in 1:5. This term focuses on the function of the elder: he oversees the activities and people of the church.
TIT 1 7 g2zf figs-metaphor Θεοῦ οἰκονόμον 1 the household manager of God Paul speaks of the church as if it were God’s household, and the overseer as if he were a servant in charge of managing that household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 1 7 d6l1 μὴ πάροινον 1 not addicted to wine “not an alcoholic” or “not one who drinks much wine”
TIT 1 7 j1qq μὴ πλήκτην 1 not a brawler “not one who is violent” or “not one who likes to fight”
TIT 1 7 d6l1 μὴ πάροινον 1 not addicted to wine Alternate translation: “not an alcoholic” or “not one who drinks much wine”
TIT 1 7 j1qq μὴ πλήκτην 1 not a brawler Alternate translation: “not one who is violent” or “not one who likes to fight”
TIT 1 8 i549 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Instead The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast between the things an elder is not to be (that Paul already stated), and the things an elder is to be (which Paul is about to state). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
TIT 1 8 vkq1 φιλάγαθον 1 a friend of what is good “a person who loves to do good”
TIT 1 8 vkq1 φιλάγαθον 1 a friend of what is good Alternate translation: “a person who loves to do good”
TIT 1 8 xy11 figs-doublet σώφρονα…ἐγκρατῆ 1 sensible … and self-controlled These two terms are very similar in meaning and may be translated by one term if the target language does not have two similar terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
TIT 1 8 xy12 figs-doublet δίκαιον, ὅσιον 1 righteous, holy These two terms are very similar in meaning and may be translated by one term if the target language does not have two similar terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
TIT 1 9 xwy6 figs-metaphor ἀντεχόμενον 1 He must hold tightly to Paul speaks of devotion to the Christian faith as if it were grasping the faith with one’s hands. Alternate translation: “He must be devoted to” or “He should know well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 1 9 xy10 κατὰ τὴν διδαχὴν 1 that is in accordance with the teaching “that agrees with the things that we taught him”
TIT 1 9 xy10 κατὰ τὴν διδαχὴν 1 that is in accordance with the teaching Alternate translation: “that agrees with the things that we taught him”
TIT 1 9 abcj grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting words **so that** introduce a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for the elder to hold tightly to the trustworthy message is for him to be able to encourage others and rebuke those who oppose him. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
TIT 1 9 pzi1 τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ 1 sound teaching The Greek word rendered at **sound** normally refers to physical health. Paul speaks of this teaching as if it would cause those who believe it to be spiritually healthy, rather than spiritually sick.
TIT 1 10 xsq9 0 Connecting Statement: Because of those that would oppose God’s word, Paul gives Titus reasons to preach God’s word and warns him about false teachers.
TIT 1 10 ga6n φρεναπάται 1 deceivers This phrase describes people who are actively trying to convince people to believe in something other than the true gospel that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “people who persuade others to believe things that are not true”
TIT 1 10 abcd figs-hendiadys ματαιολόγοι, καὶ φρεναπάται 1 empty talkers and deceivers Both **empty talkers** and **deceivers** refer to the same people. They taught false, worthless things and wanted people to believe them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
TIT 1 10 pu74 figs-metonymy οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς 1 those from the circumcision This refers to the Jewish Christians who taught that men must be circumcised in order to follow Christ. This teaching is false. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
TIT 1 11 f4iy οὓς δεῖ ἐπιστομίζειν 1 It is necessary to stop them “You must prevent them from spreading their teachings” or “Someone must stop them from influencing others by their words”
TIT 1 11 f4iy οὓς δεῖ ἐπιστομίζειν 1 It is necessary to stop them Alternate translation: “You must prevent them from spreading their teachings” or “Someone must stop them from influencing others by their words”
TIT 1 11 aqi5 ὅλους οἴκους ἀνατρέπουσιν 1 are upsetting whole households “are ruining entire families.” The issue was that they were leading families away from the truth and destroying their faith.
TIT 1 11 tw4e διδάσκοντες ἃ μὴ δεῖ 1 teaching what they should not These are things that are not proper to teach regarding Christ and the law because they are not true.
TIT 1 11 at7c αἰσχροῦ κέρδους χάριν 1 for the sake of shameful profit This refers to profit that people make by doing things that are not honorable.
TIT 1 12 tr1j τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἴδιος αὐτῶν προφήτης 1 One of them, of their own prophets “A Cretan that they themselves consider to be a prophet”
TIT 1 12 tr1j τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἴδιος αὐτῶν προφήτης 1 One of them, of their own prophets Alternate translation: “A Cretan that they themselves consider to be a prophet”
TIT 1 12 y3zb figs-hyperbole Κρῆτες ἀεὶ ψεῦσται 1 Cretans are always liars “Cretans lie all the time.” This is an exaggeration that means that Cretans had a reputation to be liars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
TIT 1 12 h3jb figs-metaphor κακὰ θηρία 1 evil beasts This metaphor compares the Cretans to dangerous wild animals. Alternate translation: “as dangerous as wild animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 1 12 xyz1 figs-synecdoche γαστέρες ἀργαί 1 lazy bellies The part of the body that stores food is used to represent the person who eats all the time. Alternate translation: “lazy gluttons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
TIT 1 13 fif8 δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν ἔλεγχε αὐτοὺς ἀποτόμως 1 For this reason, rebuke them severely “For that reason, you must use strong language that the Cretans will understand when you correct them”
TIT 1 13 fif8 δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν ἔλεγχε αὐτοὺς ἀποτόμως 1 For this reason, rebuke them severely Alternate translation: “For that reason, you must use strong language that the Cretans will understand when you correct them”
TIT 1 13 abck grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν 1 For this reason The connecting words **For this reason** introduce a reason-result relationship. The reason is that what the Cretan prophet said about his people is true (they are liars, evil, and lazy), and the result is that Titus should rebuke them severely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
TIT 1 13 je3r ἵνα ὑγιαίνωσιν ἐν τῇ πίστει 1 so that they may be sound in the faith See note on **sound** in [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1). Alternate translation: “so they will have a healthy faith” or “so their faith may be true” or “so that they believe only what is true about God”
TIT 1 13 abcl grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting words **so that** introduce an action-purpose relationship. The action is the elder rebukes the Cretans severely, and the purpose is the Cretans become sound in the faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@ -61,21 +61,21 @@ TIT 1 13 xyz2 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ πίστει 1 in the faith Here th
TIT 1 14 abcm grammar-connect-logic-contrast μὴ 1 not The connecting word **not** introduces a contrast to being “sound in the faith” in the previous verse. In order to be sound in the faith, the people must not pay any attention to the Jewish myths or the commands of people who do not follow the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
TIT 1 14 p28i Ἰουδαϊκοῖς μύθοις 1 to Jewish myths This refers to the false teaching of the Jews.
TIT 1 14 m4a5 figs-metaphor ἀποστρεφομένων τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 who turn away from the truth Paul speaks of the truth as if it were an object that one could turn away from or avoid. Alternate translation: “who reject the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 1 15 qtb9 πάντα καθαρὰ τοῖς καθαροῖς 1 All things are pure to those who are pure “If people are pure on the inside, everything that they do will be pure” or “When people have only good thoughts, nothing that they do will offend God”
TIT 1 15 nx42 τοῖς καθαροῖς 1 to those who are pure “to those who are acceptable to God”
TIT 1 15 qtb9 πάντα καθαρὰ τοῖς καθαροῖς 1 All things are pure to those who are pure Alternate translation: “If people are pure on the inside, everything that they do will be pure” or “When people have only good thoughts, nothing that they do will offend God”
TIT 1 15 nx42 τοῖς καθαροῖς 1 to those who are pure Alternate translation: “to those who are acceptable to God”
TIT 1 15 abcn grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast between people who are pure and people who are corrupt and unbelieving. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
TIT 1 15 n3wk figs-metaphor τοῖς…μεμιαμμένοις καὶ ἀπίστοις, οὐδὲν καθαρόν 2 to those who are corrupt and unbelieving, nothing is pure Paul speaks of sinners as if they were physically dirty. Alternate translation: “if people are morally defiled and do not believe, they cannot do anything pure” or “when people are full of sin and unbelief, nothing that they do is acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 1 16 abco grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 but The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast between what these corrupt people say (they know God) and what their actions show (they do not know God). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
TIT 1 16 i3l2 τοῖς…ἔργοις ἀρνοῦνται 1 they deny him by their actions “how they live proves that they do not know him”
TIT 1 16 ja47 βδελυκτοὶ ὄντες 1 They are detestable “They are disgusting”
TIT 1 16 i3l2 τοῖς…ἔργοις ἀρνοῦνται 1 they deny him by their actions Alternate translation: “how they live proves that they do not know him”
TIT 1 16 ja47 βδελυκτοὶ ὄντες 1 They are detestable Alternate translation: “They are disgusting”
TIT 2 intro h3il 0 # Titus 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gender roles<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br>### Slavery<br><br>Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches slaves to faithfully serve their masters. He teaches all believers to be godly and live rightly in every situation.
TIT 2 1 lfu1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues giving Titus reasons to preach God’s word, and explains how the older men, older women, young men, and slaves or servants should live as believers.
TIT 2 1 tpi2 figs-explicit σὺ δὲ 1 But you Here, **you** is singular and refers to Titus. If it is helpful, you can include the name “Titus” here, as in the UST. ([[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
TIT 2 1 ph2j τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 with sound teaching See the note on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1). Alternate translation: “with sound doctrine” or “with correct teachings”
TIT 2 2 xyz3 figs-ellipsis πρεσβύτας…εἶναι 1 Older men are to be The Greek does not have **are**, but only “Older men to be.” We need to supply a verb here, drawing from the idea of **speak** in the previous verse, such as **teach** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “Teach older men to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
TIT 2 2 xy13 figs-doublet νηφαλίους…σεμνούς, σώφρονας 1 temperate, dignified, sensible These three words are very close in meaning and may be combined into one or two terms if the target language does not have three separate terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
TIT 2 2 xc6t νηφαλίους 1 temperate “sober-minded” or “self-controlled”
TIT 2 2 y3j2 εἶναι…σώφρονας 1 to be … sensible “to … control their desires”
TIT 2 2 y3j2 εἶναι…σώφρονας 1 to be … sensible Alternate translation: “to … control their desires”
TIT 2 2 abc1 ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει 1 sound in faith Here the word **sound** means to be firm and unwavering. See the note about **sound** on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1) and the note about **sound in faith** on [Titus 1:13](../01/13/je3r).
TIT 2 2 m14y figs-abstractnouns ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει 1 sound in faith You can state the abstract noun **faith** as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “firmly believe the true teachings about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 2 2 z14y figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 in love You can state the abstract noun **love** as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “truly love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -85,35 +85,35 @@ TIT 2 3 v9cp διαβόλους 1 slanderers This word refers to people who say
TIT 2 3 g9re figs-metaphor οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας 1 enslaved to much wine People who cannot control themselves and drink too much wine are spoken of as if they were a slave to the wine. Alternate translation: “controlled by their desire for wine” or “addicted to wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 2 3 xyz4 figs-activepassive οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας 1 enslaved to much wine You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “drinking too much wine” or “addicted to wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
TIT 2 3 abc4 καλοδιδασκάλους 1 but to be teachers of what is good The Greek word used here means “a teacher of what is good.” The phrase **but to be** has been added in the English to contrast this good quality with the two preceding bad qualities. Consider if you need to use a similar word to make a contrast between the good and bad qualities.
TIT 2 4 abc5 φιλάνδρους 1 lovers of their husbands “lovers of their own husbands”
TIT 2 4 abca φιλοτέκνους 1 and lovers of their children “and lovers of their own children”
TIT 2 5 abcb ὑποτασσομένας τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 and subject to their own husbands “and to obey their own husbands”
TIT 2 4 abc5 φιλάνδρους 1 lovers of their husbands Alternate translation: “lovers of their own husbands”
TIT 2 4 abca φιλοτέκνους 1 and lovers of their children Alternate translation: “and lovers of their own children”
TIT 2 5 abcb ὑποτασσομένας τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 and subject to their own husbands Alternate translation: “and to obey their own husbands”
TIT 2 5 t5v6 figs-metonymy ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ βλασφημῆται 1 so that the word of God may not be insulted Here, **word** is a metonym for “message.” which in turn is a metonym for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
TIT 2 5 abcq figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ βλασφημῆται 1 so that the word of God may not be insulted You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that no one insults the word of God” or “so that no one insults God by saying bad things about his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
TIT 2 6 i3hv ὡσαύτως 1 In the same way Titus was to train the younger men just as he was to train the older people.
TIT 2 7 x73u σεαυτὸν παρεχόμενος 1 present yourself “show yourself to be” or “you yourself must serve”
TIT 2 7 ym6x τύπον καλῶν ἔργων 1 as an example of good works “as an example of one who does right and proper things”
TIT 2 7 x73u σεαυτὸν παρεχόμενος 1 present yourself Alternate translation: “show yourself to be” or “you yourself must serve”
TIT 2 7 ym6x τύπον καλῶν ἔργων 1 as an example of good works Alternate translation: “as an example of one who does right and proper things”
TIT 2 8 xy14 ὑγιῆ 1 sound This word **sound** has the same basic meaning as “uncorrupted” in 2:7. In 2:7, Paul states the meaning negatively: “uncorrupted,” meaning, “without error,” and in 2:8 he states the meaning positively: **sound**, meaning “correct.” Both terms refer to Titus’ teaching. Use either positive or negative terms in the target language, or use one term with this meaning in both places if it is difficult to use two terms.
TIT 2 8 xt6v figs-hypo ἵνα ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας ἐντραπῇ 1 so that the opponent may be ashamed This presents a hypothetical situation in which someone opposes Titus and then becomes ashamed for having done so. Alternate translation: “so that if anyone opposes you, he may be ashamed” or “so that when people oppose you, they may be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
TIT 2 8 xy15 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 2 9 xyz5 figs-ellipsis δούλους ἰδίοις δεσπόταις ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 Slaves are to be subject to their own masters The Greek does not have **are**, but only “slaves to be subject to their masters.” We need to apply the verbal idea from verse 6 to here, which is “urge” or “exhort.” Alternate translation: “Exhort slaves to be subject to their masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
TIT 2 9 abcc ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 are to be subject “must obey”
TIT 2 9 if6v ἐν πᾶσιν 1 in everything “in every situation” or “always”
TIT 2 9 id15 εὐαρέστους εἶναι 1 to be pleasing “to please their masters” or “to satisfy their masters”
TIT 2 10 abc6 μὴ νοσφιζομένους 1 not to steal “not to steal from their masters”
TIT 2 10 t87j πᾶσαν πίστιν ἐνδεικνυμένους ἀγαθήν 1 to demonstrate all good faith “to show that they are worthy of their masters’ trust”
TIT 2 10 h2n6 ἐν πᾶσιν 1 in every way “in everything they do”
TIT 2 10 f8jy τὴν διδασκαλίαν τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ, κοσμῶσιν 1 they may bring credit to the teaching that is about God our Savior “they may make the teaching about God our Savior attractive” or “they may cause people to understand that the teaching about God our Savior is good”
TIT 2 10 pn93 Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 God our Savior “our God who saves us”
TIT 2 9 abcc ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 are to be subject Alternate translation: “must obey”
TIT 2 9 if6v ἐν πᾶσιν 1 in everything Alternate translation: “in every situation” or “always”
TIT 2 9 id15 εὐαρέστους εἶναι 1 to be pleasing Alternate translation: “to please their masters” or “to satisfy their masters”
TIT 2 10 abc6 μὴ νοσφιζομένους 1 not to steal Alternate translation: “not to steal from their masters”
TIT 2 10 t87j πᾶσαν πίστιν ἐνδεικνυμένους ἀγαθήν 1 to demonstrate all good faith Alternate translation: “to show that they are worthy of their masters’ trust”
TIT 2 10 h2n6 ἐν πᾶσιν 1 in every way Alternate translation: “in everything they do”
TIT 2 10 f8jy τὴν διδασκαλίαν τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ, κοσμῶσιν 1 they may bring credit to the teaching that is about God our Savior Alternate translation: “they may make the teaching about God our Savior attractive” or “they may cause people to understand that the teaching about God our Savior is good”
TIT 2 10 pn93 Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 God our Savior Alternate translation: “our God who saves us”
TIT 2 10 xy16 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our Here, **our** is inclusive of Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 2 11 y44u 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages Titus to look for Jesus’ coming and remember his authority through Jesus.
TIT 2 11 gp2z figs-personification ἐπεφάνη…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace of God has appeared Paul speaks of the grace of God as if it were a person who has arrived. See the UST for other ways to express this. Alternate translation: “God is now offering his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
TIT 2 12 qy8k figs-personification παιδεύουσα ἡμᾶς 1 training us Paul speaks of the grace of God (2:11) as if it were a person who trains other people how to live holy lives. Alternate translation: “by which God trains us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
TIT 2 12 abce figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 2 12 n3k5 τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐπιθυμίας 1 worldly passions Alternate translation: “strong desires for the things of this world” or “strong desires for sinful pleasures”
TIT 2 12 xy19 ἀσέβειαν…εὐσεβῶς 1 godlessness … godly way These terms are direct opposites, meaning “God-dishonoring” and “God-honoring,” respectively.
TIT 2 12 fk8j ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι 1 in the present age “while we live in this world” or “during this time”
TIT 2 12 fk8j ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι 1 in the present age Alternate translation: “while we live in this world” or “during this time”
TIT 2 13 rz93 προσδεχόμενοι 1 while we look forward to receiving **while we wait to welcome**
TIT 2 13 xyz6 figs-metonymy τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα 1 the blessed hope Here, what is **blessed** is that for which we hope, which is the return of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “the wonderful thing for which we hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
TIT 2 13 pss7 figs-metonymy καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and appearing of the glory of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ Here, **glory** represents Jesus himself who will appear gloriously. Alternate translation: “that is, the glorious appearance of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
TIT 2 14 xy20 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 2 14 gxe7 figs-metaphor λυτρώσηται ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀνομίας 1 to redeem us from all lawlessness Paul speaks of Jesus as if he were setting slaves free from their evil master. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 2 14 xy21 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 2 14 fjy1 λαὸν περιούσιον 1 a special people “a group of people that he treasures”
TIT 2 14 ii18 ζηλωτὴν καλῶν ἔργων 1 zealous for good works “who are eager to do good deeds”
TIT 2 15 abc7 παρακάλει 1 exhort “encourage them to do these things”
TIT 2 14 fjy1 λαὸν περιούσιον 1 a special people Alternate translation: “a group of people that he treasures”
TIT 2 14 ii18 ζηλωτὴν καλῶν ἔργων 1 zealous for good works Alternate translation: “who are eager to do good deeds”
TIT 2 15 abc7 παρακάλει 1 exhort Alternate translation: “encourage them to do these things”
TIT 2 15 b94z figs-explicit ἔλεγχε, μετὰ πάσης ἐπιταγῆς 1 rebuke with all authority If it is helpful, the people whom Titus should correct can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “correct with all authority those people who do not do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
TIT 2 15 h15y μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω 1 Let no one disregard you “Do not allow anyone to ignore you”
TIT 2 15 h15y μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω 1 Let no one disregard you Alternate translation: “Do not allow anyone to ignore you”
TIT 2 15 xy22 figs-doublenegatives μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω 1 Let no one disregard you You can state this positively: “Make sure that everyone listens to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
TIT 2 15 jbu1 figs-explicit σου περιφρονείτω 1 Let … disregard you The way that people would disregard Titus can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Let … refuse to listen to your words” or “Let … refuse to respect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
TIT 3 intro zh6x 0 # Titus 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul gives Titus personal instructions in this chapter.<br><br>Verse 15 formally concludes this letter. This is a common way of ending a letter in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogies<br><br>Genealogies (verse 9) are lists that record a person’s ancestors or descendants, and show from what tribe and family a person came. For example, priests came from the tribe of Levi and the family of Aaron. Some of these lists included stories of ancestors and even of spiritual beings. These lists and stories were used to argue about where things came from and about how important various people were.
TIT 3 1 y9tr 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues giving Titus instructions on how to teach the elders and people under his care in Crete.
TIT 3 1 j2sa ὑπομίμνῃσκε αὐτοὺς…ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 Remind them to submit “Tell our people again what they already know, to submit” or “Keep reminding them to submit”
TIT 3 1 w3fy ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις, ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν 1 to submit to rulers and authorities, to obey them “to do as the political rulers and government authorities say by obeying them”
TIT 3 1 j2sa ὑπομίμνῃσκε αὐτοὺς…ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 Remind them to submit Alternate translation: “Tell our people again what they already know, to submit” or “Keep reminding them to submit”
TIT 3 1 w3fy ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις, ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν 1 to submit to rulers and authorities, to obey them Alternate translation: “to do as the political rulers and government authorities say by obeying them”
TIT 3 1 wa9x figs-doublet ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις 1 to rulers and authorities These words have similar meanings and both refer to anyone who holds authority in the government. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
TIT 3 1 xy25 figs-doublet ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν 1 to submit … to obey them These words have similar meanings and both refer to doing what someone tells you to do. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
TIT 3 1 in7u πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἑτοίμους εἶναι 1 be ready for every good work “to be ready to do good whenever there is opportunity”
TIT 3 1 in7u πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἑτοίμους εἶναι 1 be ready for every good work Alternate translation: “to be ready to do good whenever there is opportunity”
TIT 3 2 abcx figs-doublenegatives ἀμάχους εἶναι 1 to be uncontentious You can state this positively: “to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
TIT 3 3 m9zd ἦμεν γάρ ποτε καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 For once we also were “This is because we ourselves were once”
TIT 3 3 me7b ποτε 1 once “formerly” or “at some time” or “previously”
TIT 3 3 m9zd ἦμεν γάρ ποτε καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 For once we also were Alternate translation: “This is because we ourselves were once”
TIT 3 3 me7b ποτε 1 once Alternate translation: “formerly” or “at some time” or “previously”
TIT 3 3 bl8e figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we “even we” or “we ourselves” This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians, referring to the time before they trusted in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 3 3 rrx9 ἦμεν…ἀνόητοι 1 were foolish “were thoughtless” or “were unwise”
TIT 3 3 rrx9 ἦμεν…ἀνόητοι 1 were foolish Alternate translation: “were thoughtless” or “were unwise”
TIT 3 3 qt8f figs-personification πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις 1 We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures Passion and pleasure are spoken of as if they were masters over people and had made those people into slaves by lying to them. Alternate translation: “We had allowed ourselves to believe the lie that various passions and pleasures could make us happy, and then we were unable to control our feelings or stop doing things we thought would give us pleasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
TIT 3 3 xy27 figs-activepassive πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις 1 We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Various passions and pleasures had lied to us and so led us astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
TIT 3 3 tl5n ἐπιθυμίαις 1 passions “lusts” or “desires”
TIT 3 3 dec4 ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ διάγοντες 1 We lived in evil and envy Here, **evil** and **envy** describe sin. The word **evil** is general and **envy** is a specific kind of sin. Alternate translation: “We were always doing evil things and wanting what others have”
TIT 3 3 y5lp στυγητοί 1 detestable “causing others to hate us”
TIT 3 3 y5lp στυγητοί 1 detestable Alternate translation: “causing others to hate us”
TIT 3 4 xy28 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But It is important to mark the contrast here between the evil way that people are (verses 1-3) and the goodness of God (verses 4-7) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
TIT 3 4 ba5a figs-personification ὅτε…ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared Paul speaks of God’s kindness and love as if they were people that came into our sight. Alternate translation: “when God our Savior showed us his kindness and love for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
TIT 3 4 abcg figs-abstractnouns ὅτε…ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared You can state the abstract nouns **kindness** and **love** as adjectives. Alternate translation: “when God, who saves us, showed how kind and loving he would be to mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 3 4 abch figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 3 5 n4ug κατὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος 1 by his mercy “because he had mercy on us”
TIT 3 5 n4ug κατὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος 1 by his mercy Alternate translation: “because he had mercy on us”
TIT 3 5 k1a6 figs-metaphor λουτροῦ παλινγενεσίας 1 the washing of new birth Paul combines two metaphors here. He is speaking of God’s forgiveness for sinners as if he were physically washing them clean from their sin. He is also speaking of sinners who become responsive to God as if they had been born again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 3 6 fby9 figs-metaphor οὗ ἐξέχεεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς πλουσίως 1 whom God richly poured on us It is common for New Testament writers to speak of the Holy Spirit as a liquid that God can pour out in large amounts. Alternate translation: “whom God gave to us generously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 3 6 xy24 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 3 6 q9ze διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 through our Savior Jesus Christ “when Jesus Christ saved us”
TIT 3 6 q9ze διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 through our Savior Jesus Christ Alternate translation: “when Jesus Christ saved us”
TIT 3 6 xy23 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 3 7 di3g figs-activepassive δικαιωθέντες 1 having been justified You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “since God has declared us to be without sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
TIT 3 7 q1cm figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι γενηθῶμεν, κατ’ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 we might become heirs according to the certain hope of everlasting life The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit the things promised, just as a person inherits property or possessions from a family member. Alternate translation: “we might expect to receive the eternal life that God has promised us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 3 8 j8md ὁ λόγος 1 This message This message is the one just expressed in verses 4-7, that God freely gives the Holy Spirit and eternal life to believers through Jesus.
TIT 3 8 xy29 τούτων 1 these things This refers to the teachings that Paul has talked about in verses 1-7. Alternate translation: “these teachings that I have just talked about”
TIT 3 8 kqm6 φροντίζωσιν καλῶν ἔργων, προΐστασθαι 1 may be careful to engage themselves in good works “may seek to do good works”
TIT 3 8 kqm6 φροντίζωσιν καλῶν ἔργων, προΐστασθαι 1 may be careful to engage themselves in good works Alternate translation: “may seek to do good works”
TIT 3 9 tzh9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains what Titus should avoid and how to treat those who cause contention among the believers.
TIT 3 9 j1hf δὲ…περιΐστασο 1 But avoid “So avoid” or “Therefore, avoid”
TIT 3 9 qk66 γενεαλογίας 1 genealogies This is the study of family kinship relationships. See the Introduction to Titus.
TIT 3 9 xu7f ἔρεις 1 strife arguments or fights
TIT 3 9 ky3n νομικὰς 1 about the law “about the law of Moses”
TIT 3 10 x3fh αἱρετικὸν ἄνθρωπον…παραιτοῦ 1 Reject a divisive person “Stay away from a person who causes division”
TIT 3 10 xzx1 μετὰ μίαν καὶ δευτέραν νουθεσίαν 1 after one or two warnings “after you have warned that person once or twice”
TIT 3 11 r7pc ὁ τοιοῦτος 1 such a person “a person like that”
TIT 3 9 ky3n νομικὰς 1 about the law Alternate translation: “about the law of Moses”
TIT 3 10 x3fh αἱρετικὸν ἄνθρωπον…παραιτοῦ 1 Reject a divisive person Alternate translation: “Stay away from a person who causes division”
TIT 3 10 xzx1 μετὰ μίαν καὶ δευτέραν νουθεσίαν 1 after one or two warnings Alternate translation: “after you have warned that person once or twice”
TIT 3 11 r7pc ὁ τοιοῦτος 1 such a person Alternate translation: “a person like that”
TIT 3 11 inh5 figs-metaphor ἐξέστραπται 1 has turned from the right way Paul speaks of someone who chooses to do wrong things as if he were leaving the right path to walk in the wrong direction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 3 11 p81k ὢν αὐτοκατάκριτος 1 being self-condemned “bringing judgment on himself”
TIT 3 11 p81k ὢν αὐτοκατάκριτος 1 being self-condemned Alternate translation: “bringing judgment on himself”
TIT 3 12 z7i4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes the letter by telling Titus what to do after he appoints elders in Crete and by giving greetings from those with him.
TIT 3 12 mba6 ὅταν πέμψω 1 When I send “After I send”
TIT 3 12 mba6 ὅταν πέμψω 1 When I send Alternate translation: “After I send”
TIT 3 12 c32w translate-names Ἀρτεμᾶν…Τυχικόν 1 Artemas … Tychicus These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
TIT 3 12 knt1 σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν 1 hurry to come “come quickly”
TIT 3 12 knt1 σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν 1 hurry to come Alternate translation: “come quickly”
TIT 3 12 xy30 σπούδασον 1 hurry The verb is singular and directed at Titus alone. Artemas or Tychicus would stay in Crete, probably to take Titus’ place.
TIT 3 12 gdw9 παραχειμάσαι 1 to spend the winter “to stay for the winter”
TIT 3 12 gdw9 παραχειμάσαι 1 to spend the winter Alternate translation: “to stay for the winter”
TIT 3 13 a46f translate-names Ζηνᾶν…Ἀπολλῶν 1 Zenas … Appollos These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
TIT 3 13 s757 καὶ Ἀπολλῶν 1 and Apollos “and also Apollos”
TIT 3 13 j496 σπουδαίως πρόπεμψον 1 Diligently send on their way “Do not delay in sending”
TIT 3 13 s757 καὶ Ἀπολλῶν 1 and Apollos Alternate translation: “and also Apollos”
TIT 3 13 j496 σπουδαίως πρόπεμψον 1 Diligently send on their way Alternate translation: “Do not delay in sending”
TIT 3 13 xy31 figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μηδὲν αὐτοῖς λείπῃ 1 so that they lack nothing You can state this positively: “so that they have everything that they need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
TIT 3 14 v7wg 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains that it is important for all believers to provide for those who have needs.
TIT 3 14 fw98 οἱ ἡμέτεροι 1 our own Paul is referring to the believers in Crete. Alternate translation: “our own people”
TIT 3 14 xy33 figs-exclusive οἱ ἡμέτεροι 1 our own Here, **our** includes Paul and Titus. The form should be either dual or inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 3 14 tn24 εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας χρείας 1 toward essential needs “that enable them to help people who lack necessary things”
TIT 3 14 tn24 εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας χρείας 1 toward essential needs Alternate translation: “that enable them to help people who lack necessary things”
TIT 3 14 mji4 figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι 1 in order not to be unfruitful Paul speaks of people doing good work as if they were trees bearing good fruit. Alternate translation: “so that they will not lead useless lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 3 14 xy32 figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι 1 in order not to be unfruitful You can state this positively: “in this way they will be fruitful” or “in this way they will be productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
TIT 3 15 j3y2 0 General Information: Paul ends his letter to Titus.
TIT 3 15 abci ἀσπάζονταί σε 1 greet you Here, **you** is singular. This is a personal greeting to Titus.
TIT 3 15 k1sa οἱ μετ’ ἐμοῦ πάντες 1 All those who are with me “All the people who are with me” or “All of the believers who are here with me”
TIT 3 15 k1sa οἱ μετ’ ἐμοῦ πάντες 1 All those who are with me Alternate translation: “All the people who are with me” or “All of the believers who are here with me”
TIT 3 15 f4vc τοὺς φιλοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει 1 those who love us in faith This could refer to: (1) the believers who love us. (2) the believers who love us because we share the same belief.
TIT 3 15 xy35 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us Here, **us** is probably exclusive and refers to Paul and the group of Christians with him. Paul is sending greetings from this group to the group of Christians that is with Titus on Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 3 15 kx83 ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with all of you This was a common Christian greeting. Alternate translation: “May God’s grace be with you” or “I ask that God will be gracious to all of you”
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
5
TIT
1
1
xyz8
figs-abstractnouns
ἐπίγνωσιν
1
the knowledge
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **knowledge**, you can use a verb such as “to know,” as in the UST. Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
6
TIT
1
1
abc8
figs-abstractnouns
ἀληθείας
1
of the truth
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you can use an adjective phrase such as “what is true” or “the true message.” Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
7
TIT
1
1
fyf8
figs-abstractnouns
τῆς κατ’ εὐσέβειαν
1
that agrees with godliness
Here, **godliness** is an abstract noun that refers to living in a way that pleases God. Alternate Translation: “that is suitable for honoring God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
8
TIT
1
2
xyz9
ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ζωῆς αἰωνίου
1
with the certain hope of everlasting life
“that gives us the certain hope of everlasting life” or “based on our certain hope for everlasting life”Alternate translation: “that gives us the certain hope of everlasting life” or “based on our certain hope for everlasting life”
9
TIT
1
2
r2gj
πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων
1
before all the ages of time
“before time began”Alternate translation: “before time began”
10
TIT
1
3
b22h
καιροῖς ἰδίοις
1
at the right time
“at the proper time”Alternate translation: “at the proper time”
11
TIT
1
3
swi9
figs-metaphor
ἐφανέρωσεν…τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ
1
he revealed his word
Paul speaks of God’s word as if it were an object that could be visibly shown to people. Alternate translation: “he caused me to understand his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12
TIT
1
3
abc9
ἐν κηρύγματι
1
by the proclamation
“through the proclamation of the message”Alternate translation: “through the proclamation of the message”
13
TIT
1
3
m41u
figs-activepassive
ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγὼ
1
that I was entrusted with
You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he entrusted to me” or “he gave me the responsibility to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14
TIT
1
3
dpn4
τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ
1
of God our Savior
“of God, who saves us”Alternate translation: “of God, who saves us”
15
TIT
1
3
xy18
figs-exclusive
ἡμῶν
1
our
This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
16
TIT
1
4
gu55
figs-metaphor
γνησίῳ τέκνῳ
1
a true son
Though Titus was not Paul’s biological **son**, they share a common faith in Christ. Paul considers relationship to Christ through faith to be more important than biological relationship. Thus, because of their relative ages and shared faith in Christ, Paul considers Titus as his own son. It may also be that Paul led Titus to faith in Christ, and so Titus is like a son in this spiritual sense. Alternate translation: “you are like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
17
TIT
1
4
wx6c
κοινὴν πίστιν
1
our common faith
Paul and Titus both share the same faith in Christ. Alternate translation: “our belief in Christ”
18
TIT
1
4
h93t
figs-ellipsis
χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη
1
Grace and peace
This was a common greeting Paul used. You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “May you experience kindness and inner peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
19
TIT
1
4
s3yr
Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν
1
Christ Jesus our Savior
“Christ Jesus who is our Savior”Alternate translation: “Christ Jesus who is our Savior”
20
TIT
1
4
xy17
figs-exclusive
ἡμῶν
1
our
This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
21
TIT
1
5
ew8h
grammar-connect-logic-goal
τούτου χάριν
1
For this purpose
The connecting phrase **For this purpose** introduces the goal that Paul wanted to accomplish when he left Titus in Crete (to ordain elders in the church). Alternate translation: “This is the reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
22
TIT
1
5
lh9b
ἀπέλιπόν σε ἐν Κρήτῃ
1
I left you in Crete
“I told you to stay in Crete”Alternate translation: “I told you to stay in Crete”
23
TIT
1
5
ga62
ἵνα τὰ λείποντα ἐπιδιορθώσῃ
1
that you might set in order things not yet complete
“so that you would finish arranging things that needed to be done”Alternate translation: “so that you would finish arranging things that needed to be done”
24
TIT
1
5
b52u
καταστήσῃς…πρεσβυτέρους
1
ordain elders
“appoint elders” or “designate elders”Alternate translation: “appoint elders” or “designate elders”
25
TIT
1
5
p56w
πρεσβυτέρους
1
elders
In the early Christian churches, Christian **elders** gave spiritual leadership to the assemblies of believers. This word refers to people who are mature in faith.
26
TIT
1
6
wja4
0
Connecting Statement:
Having told Titus to ordain elders in every city on the island of Crete, Paul then gives the requirements for elders.
27
TIT
1
6
jen8
εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἀνέγκλητος
1
if anyone is blameless
This is the beginning of the description of the character of an elder. Titus is to choose men who fit the following description. To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “an elder must be without blame” or “an elder must not have a bad reputation”
30
TIT
1
6
wd6q
τέκνα…πιστά
1
faithful children
This could refer to: (1) children who believe in Jesus. (2) children who are trustworthy.
31
TIT
1
7
lz7x
τὸν ἐπίσκοπον
1
the overseer
The word **overseer** is another name for the same position of spiritual leadership that Paul referred to as **elder** in 1:5. This term focuses on the function of the elder: he oversees the activities and people of the church.
32
TIT
1
7
g2zf
figs-metaphor
Θεοῦ οἰκονόμον
1
the household manager of God
Paul speaks of the church as if it were God’s household, and the overseer as if he were a servant in charge of managing that household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33
TIT
1
7
d6l1
μὴ πάροινον
1
not addicted to wine
“not an alcoholic” or “not one who drinks much wine”Alternate translation: “not an alcoholic” or “not one who drinks much wine”
34
TIT
1
7
j1qq
μὴ πλήκτην
1
not a brawler
“not one who is violent” or “not one who likes to fight”Alternate translation: “not one who is violent” or “not one who likes to fight”
35
TIT
1
8
i549
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
ἀλλὰ
1
Instead
The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast between the things an elder is not to be (that Paul already stated), and the things an elder is to be (which Paul is about to state). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
36
TIT
1
8
vkq1
φιλάγαθον
1
a friend of what is good
“a person who loves to do good”Alternate translation: “a person who loves to do good”
37
TIT
1
8
xy11
figs-doublet
σώφρονα…ἐγκρατῆ
1
sensible … and self-controlled
These two terms are very similar in meaning and may be translated by one term if the target language does not have two similar terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
38
TIT
1
8
xy12
figs-doublet
δίκαιον, ὅσιον
1
righteous, holy
These two terms are very similar in meaning and may be translated by one term if the target language does not have two similar terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
39
TIT
1
9
xwy6
figs-metaphor
ἀντεχόμενον
1
He must hold tightly to
Paul speaks of devotion to the Christian faith as if it were grasping the faith with one’s hands. Alternate translation: “He must be devoted to” or “He should know well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
40
TIT
1
9
xy10
κατὰ τὴν διδαχὴν
1
that is in accordance with the teaching
“that agrees with the things that we taught him”Alternate translation: “that agrees with the things that we taught him”
41
TIT
1
9
abcj
grammar-connect-logic-goal
ἵνα
1
so that
The connecting words **so that** introduce a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for the elder to hold tightly to the trustworthy message is for him to be able to encourage others and rebuke those who oppose him. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
42
TIT
1
9
pzi1
τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ
1
sound teaching
The Greek word rendered at **sound** normally refers to physical health. Paul speaks of this teaching as if it would cause those who believe it to be spiritually healthy, rather than spiritually sick.
43
TIT
1
10
xsq9
0
Connecting Statement:
Because of those that would oppose God’s word, Paul gives Titus reasons to preach God’s word and warns him about false teachers.
45
TIT
1
10
ga6n
φρεναπάται
1
deceivers
This phrase describes people who are actively trying to convince people to believe in something other than the true gospel that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “people who persuade others to believe things that are not true”
46
TIT
1
10
abcd
figs-hendiadys
ματαιολόγοι, καὶ φρεναπάται
1
empty talkers and deceivers
Both **empty talkers** and **deceivers** refer to the same people. They taught false, worthless things and wanted people to believe them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
47
TIT
1
10
pu74
figs-metonymy
οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς
1
those from the circumcision
This refers to the Jewish Christians who taught that men must be circumcised in order to follow Christ. This teaching is false. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
48
TIT
1
11
f4iy
οὓς δεῖ ἐπιστομίζειν
1
It is necessary to stop them
“You must prevent them from spreading their teachings” or “Someone must stop them from influencing others by their words”Alternate translation: “You must prevent them from spreading their teachings” or “Someone must stop them from influencing others by their words”
49
TIT
1
11
aqi5
ὅλους οἴκους ἀνατρέπουσιν
1
are upsetting whole households
“are ruining entire families.” The issue was that they were leading families away from the truth and destroying their faith.
50
TIT
1
11
tw4e
διδάσκοντες ἃ μὴ δεῖ
1
teaching what they should not
These are things that are not proper to teach regarding Christ and the law because they are not true.
51
TIT
1
11
at7c
αἰσχροῦ κέρδους χάριν
1
for the sake of shameful profit
This refers to profit that people make by doing things that are not honorable.
52
TIT
1
12
tr1j
τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἴδιος αὐτῶν προφήτης
1
One of them, of their own prophets
“A Cretan that they themselves consider to be a prophet”Alternate translation: “A Cretan that they themselves consider to be a prophet”
53
TIT
1
12
y3zb
figs-hyperbole
Κρῆτες ἀεὶ ψεῦσται
1
Cretans are always liars
“Cretans lie all the time.” This is an exaggeration that means that Cretans had a reputation to be liars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
54
TIT
1
12
h3jb
figs-metaphor
κακὰ θηρία
1
evil beasts
This metaphor compares the Cretans to dangerous wild animals. Alternate translation: “as dangerous as wild animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
55
TIT
1
12
xyz1
figs-synecdoche
γαστέρες ἀργαί
1
lazy bellies
The part of the body that stores food is used to represent the person who eats all the time. Alternate translation: “lazy gluttons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
56
TIT
1
13
fif8
δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν ἔλεγχε αὐτοὺς ἀποτόμως
1
For this reason, rebuke them severely
“For that reason, you must use strong language that the Cretans will understand when you correct them”Alternate translation: “For that reason, you must use strong language that the Cretans will understand when you correct them”
57
TIT
1
13
abck
grammar-connect-logic-result
δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν
1
For this reason
The connecting words **For this reason** introduce a reason-result relationship. The reason is that what the Cretan prophet said about his people is true (they are liars, evil, and lazy), and the result is that Titus should rebuke them severely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
58
TIT
1
13
je3r
ἵνα ὑγιαίνωσιν ἐν τῇ πίστει
1
so that they may be sound in the faith
See note on **sound** in [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1). Alternate translation: “so they will have a healthy faith” or “so their faith may be true” or “so that they believe only what is true about God”
59
TIT
1
13
abcl
grammar-connect-logic-goal
ἵνα
1
so that
The connecting words **so that** introduce an action-purpose relationship. The action is the elder rebukes the Cretans severely, and the purpose is the Cretans become sound in the faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
61
TIT
1
14
abcm
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
μὴ
1
not
The connecting word **not** introduces a contrast to being “sound in the faith” in the previous verse. In order to be sound in the faith, the people must not pay any attention to the Jewish myths or the commands of people who do not follow the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
62
TIT
1
14
p28i
Ἰουδαϊκοῖς μύθοις
1
to Jewish myths
This refers to the false teaching of the Jews.
63
TIT
1
14
m4a5
figs-metaphor
ἀποστρεφομένων τὴν ἀλήθειαν
1
who turn away from the truth
Paul speaks of the truth as if it were an object that one could turn away from or avoid. Alternate translation: “who reject the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
64
TIT
1
15
qtb9
πάντα καθαρὰ τοῖς καθαροῖς
1
All things are pure to those who are pure
“If people are pure on the inside, everything that they do will be pure” or “When people have only good thoughts, nothing that they do will offend God”Alternate translation: “If people are pure on the inside, everything that they do will be pure” or “When people have only good thoughts, nothing that they do will offend God”
65
TIT
1
15
nx42
τοῖς καθαροῖς
1
to those who are pure
“to those who are acceptable to God”Alternate translation: “to those who are acceptable to God”
66
TIT
1
15
abcn
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
δὲ
1
But
The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast between people who are pure and people who are corrupt and unbelieving. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
67
TIT
1
15
n3wk
figs-metaphor
τοῖς…μεμιαμμένοις καὶ ἀπίστοις, οὐδὲν καθαρόν
2
to those who are corrupt and unbelieving, nothing is pure
Paul speaks of sinners as if they were physically dirty. Alternate translation: “if people are morally defiled and do not believe, they cannot do anything pure” or “when people are full of sin and unbelief, nothing that they do is acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
68
TIT
1
16
abco
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
δὲ
1
but
The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast between what these corrupt people say (they know God) and what their actions show (they do not know God). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
69
TIT
1
16
i3l2
τοῖς…ἔργοις ἀρνοῦνται
1
they deny him by their actions
“how they live proves that they do not know him”Alternate translation: “how they live proves that they do not know him”
70
TIT
1
16
ja47
βδελυκτοὶ ὄντες
1
They are detestable
“They are disgusting”Alternate translation: “They are disgusting”
71
TIT
2
intro
h3il
0
# Titus 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gender roles<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br>### Slavery<br><br>Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches slaves to faithfully serve their masters. He teaches all believers to be godly and live rightly in every situation.
72
TIT
2
1
lfu1
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul continues giving Titus reasons to preach God’s word, and explains how the older men, older women, young men, and slaves or servants should live as believers.
73
TIT
2
1
tpi2
figs-explicit
σὺ δὲ
1
But you
Here, **you** is singular and refers to Titus. If it is helpful, you can include the name “Titus” here, as in the UST. ([[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
74
TIT
2
1
ph2j
τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ
1
with sound teaching
See the note on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1). Alternate translation: “with sound doctrine” or “with correct teachings”
75
TIT
2
2
xyz3
figs-ellipsis
πρεσβύτας…εἶναι
1
Older men are to be
The Greek does not have **are**, but only “Older men to be.” We need to supply a verb here, drawing from the idea of **speak** in the previous verse, such as **teach** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “Teach older men to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
76
TIT
2
2
xy13
figs-doublet
νηφαλίους…σεμνούς, σώφρονας
1
temperate, dignified, sensible
These three words are very close in meaning and may be combined into one or two terms if the target language does not have three separate terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
77
TIT
2
2
xc6t
νηφαλίους
1
temperate
“sober-minded” or “self-controlled”Alternate translation: “sober-minded” or “self-controlled”
78
TIT
2
2
y3j2
εἶναι…σώφρονας
1
to be … sensible
“to … control their desires”Alternate translation: “to … control their desires”
79
TIT
2
2
abc1
ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει
1
sound in faith
Here the word **sound** means to be firm and unwavering. See the note about **sound** on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1) and the note about **sound in faith** on [Titus 1:13](../01/13/je3r).
80
TIT
2
2
m14y
figs-abstractnouns
ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει
1
sound in faith
You can state the abstract noun **faith** as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “firmly believe the true teachings about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
81
TIT
2
2
z14y
figs-abstractnouns
τῇ ἀγάπῃ
1
in love
You can state the abstract noun **love** as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “truly love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
85
TIT
2
3
g9re
figs-metaphor
οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας
1
enslaved to much wine
People who cannot control themselves and drink too much wine are spoken of as if they were a slave to the wine. Alternate translation: “controlled by their desire for wine” or “addicted to wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
86
TIT
2
3
xyz4
figs-activepassive
οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας
1
enslaved to much wine
You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “drinking too much wine” or “addicted to wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
87
TIT
2
3
abc4
καλοδιδασκάλους
1
but to be teachers of what is good
The Greek word used here means “a teacher of what is good.” The phrase **but to be** has been added in the English to contrast this good quality with the two preceding bad qualities. Consider if you need to use a similar word to make a contrast between the good and bad qualities.
88
TIT
2
4
abc5
φιλάνδρους
1
lovers of their husbands
“lovers of their own husbands”Alternate translation: “lovers of their own husbands”
89
TIT
2
4
abca
φιλοτέκνους
1
and lovers of their children
“and lovers of their own children”Alternate translation: “and lovers of their own children”
90
TIT
2
5
abcb
ὑποτασσομένας τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν
1
and subject to their own husbands
“and to obey their own husbands”Alternate translation: “and to obey their own husbands”
91
TIT
2
5
t5v6
figs-metonymy
ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ βλασφημῆται
1
so that the word of God may not be insulted
Here, **word** is a metonym for “message.” which in turn is a metonym for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
92
TIT
2
5
abcq
figs-activepassive
ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ βλασφημῆται
1
so that the word of God may not be insulted
You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that no one insults the word of God” or “so that no one insults God by saying bad things about his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
93
TIT
2
6
i3hv
ὡσαύτως
1
In the same way
Titus was to train the younger men just as he was to train the older people.
94
TIT
2
7
x73u
σεαυτὸν παρεχόμενος
1
present yourself
“show yourself to be” or “you yourself must serve”Alternate translation: “show yourself to be” or “you yourself must serve”
95
TIT
2
7
ym6x
τύπον καλῶν ἔργων
1
as an example of good works
“as an example of one who does right and proper things”Alternate translation: “as an example of one who does right and proper things”
96
TIT
2
8
xy14
ὑγιῆ
1
sound
This word **sound** has the same basic meaning as “uncorrupted” in 2:7. In 2:7, Paul states the meaning negatively: “uncorrupted,” meaning, “without error,” and in 2:8 he states the meaning positively: **sound**, meaning “correct.” Both terms refer to Titus’ teaching. Use either positive or negative terms in the target language, or use one term with this meaning in both places if it is difficult to use two terms.
97
TIT
2
8
xt6v
figs-hypo
ἵνα ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας ἐντραπῇ
1
so that the opponent may be ashamed
This presents a hypothetical situation in which someone opposes Titus and then becomes ashamed for having done so. Alternate translation: “so that if anyone opposes you, he may be ashamed” or “so that when people oppose you, they may be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
98
TIT
2
8
xy15
figs-exclusive
ἡμῶν
1
us
This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
99
TIT
2
9
xyz5
figs-ellipsis
δούλους ἰδίοις δεσπόταις ὑποτάσσεσθαι
1
Slaves are to be subject to their own masters
The Greek does not have **are**, but only “slaves to be subject to their masters.” We need to apply the verbal idea from verse 6 to here, which is “urge” or “exhort.” Alternate translation: “Exhort slaves to be subject to their masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
100
TIT
2
9
abcc
ὑποτάσσεσθαι
1
are to be subject
“must obey”Alternate translation: “must obey”
101
TIT
2
9
if6v
ἐν πᾶσιν
1
in everything
“in every situation” or “always”Alternate translation: “in every situation” or “always”
102
TIT
2
9
id15
εὐαρέστους εἶναι
1
to be pleasing
“to please their masters” or “to satisfy their masters”Alternate translation: “to please their masters” or “to satisfy their masters”
103
TIT
2
10
abc6
μὴ νοσφιζομένους
1
not to steal
“not to steal from their masters”Alternate translation: “not to steal from their masters”
104
TIT
2
10
t87j
πᾶσαν πίστιν ἐνδεικνυμένους ἀγαθήν
1
to demonstrate all good faith
“to show that they are worthy of their masters’ trust”Alternate translation: “to show that they are worthy of their masters’ trust”
105
TIT
2
10
h2n6
ἐν πᾶσιν
1
in every way
“in everything they do”Alternate translation: “in everything they do”
they may bring credit to the teaching that is about God our Savior
“they may make the teaching about God our Savior attractive” or “they may cause people to understand that the teaching about God our Savior is good”Alternate translation: “they may make the teaching about God our Savior attractive” or “they may cause people to understand that the teaching about God our Savior is good”
107
TIT
2
10
pn93
Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ
1
God our Savior
“our God who saves us”Alternate translation: “our God who saves us”
108
TIT
2
10
xy16
figs-exclusive
ἡμῶν
1
our
Here, **our** is inclusive of Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
109
TIT
2
11
y44u
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul encourages Titus to look for Jesus’ coming and remember his authority through Jesus.
110
TIT
2
11
gp2z
figs-personification
ἐπεφάνη…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ
1
the grace of God has appeared
Paul speaks of the grace of God as if it were a person who has arrived. See the UST for other ways to express this. Alternate translation: “God is now offering his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
111
TIT
2
12
qy8k
figs-personification
παιδεύουσα ἡμᾶς
1
training us
Paul speaks of the grace of God (2:11) as if it were a person who trains other people how to live holy lives. Alternate translation: “by which God trains us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
112
TIT
2
12
abce
figs-exclusive
ἡμᾶς
1
us
This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
113
TIT
2
12
lxb3
τὴν ἀσέβειαν
1
godlessness
“things that dishonor God”Alternate translation: “things that dishonor God”
114
TIT
2
12
n3k5
τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐπιθυμίας
1
worldly passions
“strong desires for the things of this world” or “strong desires for sinful pleasures”Alternate translation: “strong desires for the things of this world” or “strong desires for sinful pleasures”
115
TIT
2
12
xy19
ἀσέβειαν…εὐσεβῶς
1
godlessness … godly way
These terms are direct opposites, meaning “God-dishonoring” and “God-honoring,” respectively.
116
TIT
2
12
fk8j
ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι
1
in the present age
“while we live in this world” or “during this time”Alternate translation: “while we live in this world” or “during this time”
117
TIT
2
13
rz93
προσδεχόμενοι
1
while we look forward to receiving
**while we wait to welcome**
118
TIT
2
13
xyz6
figs-metonymy
τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα
1
the blessed hope
Here, what is **blessed** is that for which we hope, which is the return of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “the wonderful thing for which we hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
and appearing of the glory of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ
Here, **glory** represents Jesus himself who will appear gloriously. Alternate translation: “that is, the glorious appearance of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
123
TIT
2
14
xy20
figs-exclusive
ἡμῶν
1
us
This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
124
TIT
2
14
gxe7
figs-metaphor
λυτρώσηται ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀνομίας
1
to redeem us from all lawlessness
Paul speaks of Jesus as if he were setting slaves free from their evil master. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
125
TIT
2
14
xy21
figs-exclusive
ἡμᾶς
1
us
This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
126
TIT
2
14
fjy1
λαὸν περιούσιον
1
a special people
“a group of people that he treasures”Alternate translation: “a group of people that he treasures”
127
TIT
2
14
ii18
ζηλωτὴν καλῶν ἔργων
1
zealous for good works
“who are eager to do good deeds”Alternate translation: “who are eager to do good deeds”
128
TIT
2
15
abc7
παρακάλει
1
exhort
“encourage them to do these things”Alternate translation: “encourage them to do these things”
129
TIT
2
15
b94z
figs-explicit
ἔλεγχε, μετὰ πάσης ἐπιταγῆς
1
rebuke with all authority
If it is helpful, the people whom Titus should correct can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “correct with all authority those people who do not do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
130
TIT
2
15
h15y
μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω
1
Let no one disregard you
“Do not allow anyone to ignore you”Alternate translation: “Do not allow anyone to ignore you”
131
TIT
2
15
xy22
figs-doublenegatives
μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω
1
Let no one disregard you
You can state this positively: “Make sure that everyone listens to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
132
TIT
2
15
jbu1
figs-explicit
σου περιφρονείτω
1
Let … disregard you
The way that people would disregard Titus can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Let … refuse to listen to your words” or “Let … refuse to respect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
133
TIT
3
intro
zh6x
0
# Titus 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul gives Titus personal instructions in this chapter.<br><br>Verse 15 formally concludes this letter. This is a common way of ending a letter in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogies<br><br>Genealogies (verse 9) are lists that record a person’s ancestors or descendants, and show from what tribe and family a person came. For example, priests came from the tribe of Levi and the family of Aaron. Some of these lists included stories of ancestors and even of spiritual beings. These lists and stories were used to argue about where things came from and about how important various people were.
134
TIT
3
1
y9tr
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul continues giving Titus instructions on how to teach the elders and people under his care in Crete.
135
TIT
3
1
j2sa
ὑπομίμνῃσκε αὐτοὺς…ὑποτάσσεσθαι
1
Remind them to submit
“Tell our people again what they already know, to submit” or “Keep reminding them to submit”Alternate translation: “Tell our people again what they already know, to submit” or “Keep reminding them to submit”
136
TIT
3
1
w3fy
ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις, ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν
1
to submit to rulers and authorities, to obey them
“to do as the political rulers and government authorities say by obeying them”Alternate translation: “to do as the political rulers and government authorities say by obeying them”
137
TIT
3
1
wa9x
figs-doublet
ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις
1
to rulers and authorities
These words have similar meanings and both refer to anyone who holds authority in the government. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
138
TIT
3
1
xy25
figs-doublet
ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν
1
to submit … to obey them
These words have similar meanings and both refer to doing what someone tells you to do. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
139
TIT
3
1
in7u
πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἑτοίμους εἶναι
1
be ready for every good work
“to be ready to do good whenever there is opportunity”Alternate translation: “to be ready to do good whenever there is opportunity”
You can state this positively: “to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
142
TIT
3
3
m9zd
ἦμεν γάρ ποτε καὶ ἡμεῖς
1
For once we also were
“This is because we ourselves were once”Alternate translation: “This is because we ourselves were once”
143
TIT
3
3
me7b
ποτε
1
once
“formerly” or “at some time” or “previously”Alternate translation: “formerly” or “at some time” or “previously”
144
TIT
3
3
bl8e
figs-exclusive
ἡμεῖς
1
we
“even we” or “we ourselves” This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians, referring to the time before they trusted in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
145
TIT
3
3
rrx9
ἦμεν…ἀνόητοι
1
were foolish
“were thoughtless” or “were unwise”Alternate translation: “were thoughtless” or “were unwise”
We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures
Passion and pleasure are spoken of as if they were masters over people and had made those people into slaves by lying to them. Alternate translation: “We had allowed ourselves to believe the lie that various passions and pleasures could make us happy, and then we were unable to control our feelings or stop doing things we thought would give us pleasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures
You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Various passions and pleasures had lied to us and so led us astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
148
TIT
3
3
tl5n
ἐπιθυμίαις
1
passions
“lusts” or “desires”Alternate translation: “lusts” or “desires”
149
TIT
3
3
dec4
ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ διάγοντες
1
We lived in evil and envy
Here, **evil** and **envy** describe sin. The word **evil** is general and **envy** is a specific kind of sin. Alternate translation: “We were always doing evil things and wanting what others have”
150
TIT
3
3
y5lp
στυγητοί
1
detestable
“causing others to hate us”Alternate translation: “causing others to hate us”
151
TIT
3
4
xy28
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
δὲ
1
But
It is important to mark the contrast here between the evil way that people are (verses 1-3) and the goodness of God (verses 4-7) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared
Paul speaks of God’s kindness and love as if they were people that came into our sight. Alternate translation: “when God our Savior showed us his kindness and love for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared
You can state the abstract nouns **kindness** and **love** as adjectives. Alternate translation: “when God, who saves us, showed how kind and loving he would be to mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
154
TIT
3
4
abch
figs-exclusive
ἡμῶν
1
our
This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
155
TIT
3
5
n4ug
κατὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος
1
by his mercy
“because he had mercy on us”Alternate translation: “because he had mercy on us”
156
TIT
3
5
k1a6
figs-metaphor
λουτροῦ παλινγενεσίας
1
the washing of new birth
Paul combines two metaphors here. He is speaking of God’s forgiveness for sinners as if he were physically washing them clean from their sin. He is also speaking of sinners who become responsive to God as if they had been born again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
157
TIT
3
6
fby9
figs-metaphor
οὗ ἐξέχεεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς πλουσίως
1
whom God richly poured on us
It is common for New Testament writers to speak of the Holy Spirit as a liquid that God can pour out in large amounts. Alternate translation: “whom God gave to us generously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
158
TIT
3
6
xy24
figs-exclusive
ἡμᾶς
1
us
This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
159
TIT
3
6
q9ze
διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν
1
through our Savior Jesus Christ
“when Jesus Christ saved us”Alternate translation: “when Jesus Christ saved us”
160
TIT
3
6
xy23
figs-exclusive
ἡμῶν
1
our
This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
161
TIT
3
7
di3g
figs-activepassive
δικαιωθέντες
1
having been justified
You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “since God has declared us to be without sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
162
TIT
3
7
q1cm
figs-metaphor
κληρονόμοι γενηθῶμεν, κατ’ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου
1
we might become heirs according to the certain hope of everlasting life
The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit the things promised, just as a person inherits property or possessions from a family member. Alternate translation: “we might expect to receive the eternal life that God has promised us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
163
TIT
3
8
j8md
ὁ λόγος
1
This message
This message is the one just expressed in verses 4-7, that God freely gives the Holy Spirit and eternal life to believers through Jesus.
164
TIT
3
8
xy29
τούτων
1
these things
This refers to the teachings that Paul has talked about in verses 1-7. Alternate translation: “these teachings that I have just talked about”
165
TIT
3
8
kqm6
φροντίζωσιν καλῶν ἔργων, προΐστασθαι
1
may be careful to engage themselves in good works
“may seek to do good works”Alternate translation: “may seek to do good works”
166
TIT
3
9
tzh9
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul explains what Titus should avoid and how to treat those who cause contention among the believers.
167
TIT
3
9
j1hf
δὲ…περιΐστασο
1
But avoid
“So avoid” or “Therefore, avoid”Alternate translation: “So avoid” or “Therefore, avoid”
This is the study of family kinship relationships. See the Introduction to Titus.
170
TIT
3
9
xu7f
ἔρεις
1
strife
arguments or fights
171
TIT
3
9
ky3n
νομικὰς
1
about the law
“about the law of Moses”Alternate translation: “about the law of Moses”
172
TIT
3
10
x3fh
αἱρετικὸν ἄνθρωπον…παραιτοῦ
1
Reject a divisive person
“Stay away from a person who causes division”Alternate translation: “Stay away from a person who causes division”
173
TIT
3
10
xzx1
μετὰ μίαν καὶ δευτέραν νουθεσίαν
1
after one or two warnings
“after you have warned that person once or twice”Alternate translation: “after you have warned that person once or twice”
174
TIT
3
11
r7pc
ὁ τοιοῦτος
1
such a person
“a person like that”Alternate translation: “a person like that”
175
TIT
3
11
inh5
figs-metaphor
ἐξέστραπται
1
has turned from the right way
Paul speaks of someone who chooses to do wrong things as if he were leaving the right path to walk in the wrong direction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
176
TIT
3
11
p81k
ὢν αὐτοκατάκριτος
1
being self-condemned
“bringing judgment on himself”Alternate translation: “bringing judgment on himself”
177
TIT
3
12
z7i4
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul closes the letter by telling Titus what to do after he appoints elders in Crete and by giving greetings from those with him.
178
TIT
3
12
mba6
ὅταν πέμψω
1
When I send
“After I send”Alternate translation: “After I send”
179
TIT
3
12
c32w
translate-names
Ἀρτεμᾶν…Τυχικόν
1
Artemas … Tychicus
These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
The verb is singular and directed at Titus alone. Artemas or Tychicus would stay in Crete, probably to take Titus’ place.
182
TIT
3
12
gdw9
παραχειμάσαι
1
to spend the winter
“to stay for the winter”Alternate translation: “to stay for the winter”
183
TIT
3
13
a46f
translate-names
Ζηνᾶν…Ἀπολλῶν
1
Zenas … Appollos
These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
184
TIT
3
13
s757
καὶ Ἀπολλῶν
1
and Apollos
“and also Apollos”Alternate translation: “and also Apollos”
185
TIT
3
13
j496
σπουδαίως πρόπεμψον
1
Diligently send on their way
“Do not delay in sending”Alternate translation: “Do not delay in sending”
186
TIT
3
13
xy31
figs-doublenegatives
ἵνα μηδὲν αὐτοῖς λείπῃ
1
so that they lack nothing
You can state this positively: “so that they have everything that they need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
187
TIT
3
14
v7wg
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul explains that it is important for all believers to provide for those who have needs.
188
TIT
3
14
fw98
οἱ ἡμέτεροι
1
our own
Paul is referring to the believers in Crete. Alternate translation: “our own people”
189
TIT
3
14
xy33
figs-exclusive
οἱ ἡμέτεροι
1
our own
Here, **our** includes Paul and Titus. The form should be either dual or inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
190
TIT
3
14
tn24
εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας χρείας
1
toward essential needs
“that enable them to help people who lack necessary things”Alternate translation: “that enable them to help people who lack necessary things”
191
TIT
3
14
mji4
figs-metaphor
ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι
1
in order not to be unfruitful
Paul speaks of people doing good work as if they were trees bearing good fruit. Alternate translation: “so that they will not lead useless lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
192
TIT
3
14
xy32
figs-doublenegatives
ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι
1
in order not to be unfruitful
You can state this positively: “in this way they will be fruitful” or “in this way they will be productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
193
TIT
3
15
j3y2
0
General Information:
Paul ends his letter to Titus.
194
TIT
3
15
abci
ἀσπάζονταί σε
1
greet you
Here, **you** is singular. This is a personal greeting to Titus.
195
TIT
3
15
k1sa
οἱ μετ’ ἐμοῦ πάντες
1
All those who are with me
“All the people who are with me” or “All of the believers who are here with me”Alternate translation: “All the people who are with me” or “All of the believers who are here with me”
196
TIT
3
15
f4vc
τοὺς φιλοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει
1
those who love us in faith
This could refer to: (1) the believers who love us. (2) the believers who love us because we share the same belief.
197
TIT
3
15
xy35
figs-exclusive
ἡμᾶς
1
us
Here, **us** is probably exclusive and refers to Paul and the group of Christians with him. Paul is sending greetings from this group to the group of Christians that is with Titus on Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
198
TIT
3
15
kx83
ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν
1
Grace be with all of you
This was a common Christian greeting. Alternate translation: “May God’s grace be with you” or “I ask that God will be gracious to all of you”
HEB 4 14 vt4v figs-metaphor κρατῶμεν τῆς ὁμολογίας 1 let us firmly hold to our beliefs Belief and trust are spoken of as if they were objects that a person could grasp **firmly**. Alternate translation: “let us continue to believe confidently in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HEB 4 15 i2fw figs-doublenegatives οὐ…ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα μὴ δυνάμενον συνπαθῆσαι ταῖς ἀσθενείαις ἡμῶν, πεπειρασμένον δὲ 1 we do not have a high priest who cannot feel sympathy … Instead, we have This double negative **not … not** means that, in fact, Jesus does feel sympathy with people. Alternate translation: “we have a high priest who can feel sympathy when we are weak, and who was tempted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
HEB 4 15 d26h figs-activepassive πεπειρασμένον…κατὰ πάντα καθ’ ὁμοιότητα 1 who has in all ways been tempted as we are You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who has endured temptation in every way that we have” or “whom the devil has tempted in every way that he tempts us, yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HEB 4 15 fve3 χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας 1 he is without sin “but he did not sin”
HEB 4 15 fve3 χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας 1 he is without sin Alternate translation: “but he did not sin”
HEB 4 16 aj1p figs-metonymy τῷ θρόνῳ 1 to the throne of grace Here, **the throne** refers to God ruling as king. Alternate translation: “to where our gracious God is sitting on his throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HEB 4 16 py6d figs-metaphor λάβωμεν ἔλεος, καὶ χάριν εὕρωμεν, εἰς εὔκαιρον βοήθειαν 1 we may receive mercy and find grace to help in time of need Here, **mercy** and **grace** are spoken of as if they were objects that can be given or can be found. Alternate translation: “God may be merciful and gracious and help us in time of need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HEB 5 intro b67j 0 # Hebrews 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the teaching of the previous chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:5-6.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### High priest<br><br>Only a high priest could offer sacrifices so that God could forgive sins, so Jesus had to be a high priest. The law of Moses commanded that the high priest be from the tribe of Levi, but Jesus was from the tribe of Judah. God made him a priest like the priest Melchizedek, who lived at the time of Abraham, before there was a tribe of Levi.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Milk and solid food<br><br>The writer speaks of Christians who are only able to understand simple things about Jesus as if they were babies, who drink only milk and cannot eat solid food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
204
HEB
4
14
vt4v
figs-metaphor
κρατῶμεν τῆς ὁμολογίας
1
let us firmly hold to our beliefs
Belief and trust are spoken of as if they were objects that a person could grasp **firmly**. Alternate translation: “let us continue to believe confidently in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
we do not have a high priest who cannot feel sympathy … Instead, we have
This double negative **not … not** means that, in fact, Jesus does feel sympathy with people. Alternate translation: “we have a high priest who can feel sympathy when we are weak, and who was tempted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
206
HEB
4
15
d26h
figs-activepassive
πεπειρασμένον…κατὰ πάντα καθ’ ὁμοιότητα
1
who has in all ways been tempted as we are
You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who has endured temptation in every way that we have” or “whom the devil has tempted in every way that he tempts us, yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
207
HEB
4
15
fve3
χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας
1
he is without sin
“but he did not sin”Alternate translation: “but he did not sin”
208
HEB
4
16
aj1p
figs-metonymy
τῷ θρόνῳ
1
to the throne of grace
Here, **the throne** refers to God ruling as king. Alternate translation: “to where our gracious God is sitting on his throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
we may receive mercy and find grace to help in time of need
Here, **mercy** and **grace** are spoken of as if they were objects that can be given or can be found. Alternate translation: “God may be merciful and gracious and help us in time of need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
210
HEB
5
intro
b67j
0
# Hebrews 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the teaching of the previous chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:5-6.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### High priest<br><br>Only a high priest could offer sacrifices so that God could forgive sins, so Jesus had to be a high priest. The law of Moses commanded that the high priest be from the tribe of Levi, but Jesus was from the tribe of Judah. God made him a priest like the priest Melchizedek, who lived at the time of Abraham, before there was a tribe of Levi.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Milk and solid food<br><br>The writer speaks of Christians who are only able to understand simple things about Jesus as if they were babies, who drink only milk and cannot eat solid food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 4 18 j288 figs-metaphor φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 Fear is not in love John speaks figuratively as if **fear** could be inside of **love**. Alternate translation: “no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 4 18 j290 ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον 1 perfect love throws fear outside By **perfect love**, John means the same thing as when he speaks in the previous verse of love that “has been perfected.” See how you translated that expression. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid”
1JN 4 18 bu17 figs-personification ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον 1 perfect love throws fear outside John speaks figuratively of **love** as if it could actively throw **fear** far away from us. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1JN 4 18 zsl7 ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 “fear has to do with punishment” or “people are afraid when they think they will be punished”
1JN 4 18 zsl7 ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 Alternate translation: “fear has to do with punishment” or “people are afraid when they think they will be punished”
1JN 4 18 yg1r figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 So the one who fears has not been perfected in love See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). Here, as there, **love** could mean: (1) God’s love for us. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (2) our love for God. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then he does not yet love God perfectly” It could also mean both things, as in [3:17](../03/17.md). If you must choose, then we recommend option (1). But if your translation can leave both possibilities open, that would be best. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then love is not yet fully working in his life”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 4 18 j291 figs-explicit ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 So the one who fears has not been perfected in love If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what such a person **fears**. This is clear from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid that God has not forgiven him and that God will not accept him, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 4 19 j292 grammar-connect-logic-result ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν, ὅτι αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 We love because he first loved us This verse summarizes the idea of verse [10](../04/10.md). See how you translated there. If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because God first loved us, we love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
519
1JN
4
18
j288
figs-metaphor
φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ
1
Fear is not in love
John speaks figuratively as if **fear** could be inside of **love**. Alternate translation: “no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
520
1JN
4
18
j290
ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον
1
perfect love throws fear outside
By **perfect love**, John means the same thing as when he speaks in the previous verse of love that “has been perfected.” See how you translated that expression. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid”
521
1JN
4
18
bu17
figs-personification
ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον
1
perfect love throws fear outside
John speaks figuratively of **love** as if it could actively throw **fear** far away from us. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
522
1JN
4
18
zsl7
ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει
1
“fear has to do with punishment” or “people are afraid when they think they will be punished”Alternate translation: “fear has to do with punishment” or “people are afraid when they think they will be punished”
523
1JN
4
18
yg1r
figs-activepassive
ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ
1
So the one who fears has not been perfected in love
See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). Here, as there, **love** could mean: (1) God’s love for us. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (2) our love for God. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then he does not yet love God perfectly” It could also mean both things, as in [3:17](../03/17.md). If you must choose, then we recommend option (1). But if your translation can leave both possibilities open, that would be best. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then love is not yet fully working in his life”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
524
1JN
4
18
j291
figs-explicit
ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ
1
So the one who fears has not been perfected in love
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what such a person **fears**. This is clear from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid that God has not forgiven him and that God will not accept him, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
525
1JN
4
19
j292
grammar-connect-logic-result
ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν, ὅτι αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς
1
We love because he first loved us
This verse summarizes the idea of verse [10](../04/10.md). See how you translated there. If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because God first loved us, we love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2JN 1 9 mn3v figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 everyone who goes beyond and does not remain in the teaching of Christ John refers to **the teaching of Christ** figuratively as a place where faithful believers **remain** and also as a place that false teachers leave as they go **beyond**. The expression **goes beyond** refers to teaching new and false things that Jesus did not teach. Alternate translation: “everyone who teaches things that Jesus did not teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2JN 1 9 x3ae figs-infostructure πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Everyone who goes beyond and does not remain in the teaching of Christ These two phrases mean the same thing, one stated positively (**goes beyond**) and the other stated negatively (**does not remain**). If it is mote natural in your language, you can reverse the order of these, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
2JN 1 9 xty9 figs-explicit Θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει 1 does not have God To **have God** means to have a relationship with God as Savior through faith in Jesus Christ. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not belong to God” or “does not have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2JN 1 9 x523 ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ, οὗτος καὶ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἔχει 1 The one who remains in the teaching, this one has both the Father and the Son “Someone who follows Christ’s teaching belongs to both the Father and the Son”
2JN 1 9 x523 ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ, οὗτος καὶ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἔχει 1 The one who remains in the teaching, this one has both the Father and the Son Alternate translation: “Someone who follows Christ’s teaching belongs to both the Father and the Son”
2JN 1 9 xwoe grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ 1 The one who remains in the teaching This phrase is in contrast to the previous sentence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can use a word or phrase to mark this contrast, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2JN 1 9 vg19 figs-nominaladj οὗτος 1 this one John is using the demonstrative adjective **this** as a noun, to refer to a kind of person. ULT indicates this by adding the word **one**. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “such a person” or “that kind of person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2JN 1 9 k8cv guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν 1 the Father and the Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to express these titles consistently and accurately. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2JN 1 10 xafi figs-metaphor ταύτην τὴν διδαχὴν οὐ φέρει 1 does not bring this teaching John is speaking of a **teaching** or a message as if it were an object that someone could **bring**. If you would not use this kind of metaphor in your language, you can use one that has the same meaning or use plain language. Alternate translation: “does not teach this same message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2JN 1 10 ls1c figs-explicit μὴ λαμβάνετε αὐτὸν εἰς οἰκίαν 1 do not receive him into your house John does not want the believers to accept a false teacher into their homes and, as a result, support his false teaching by showing him respect and providing for his needs. Alternate translation: “do not support him or encourage him by welcoming him into your home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2JN 1 10 lbct figs-explicit χαίρειν αὐτῷ μὴ λέγετε 1 do not say to him, “Greetings” John warns the believers not to greet a false teacher respectfully in public. The implication is that he does not want them to do anything that might look like they are endorsing a false teacher or that would give a false teacher good standing in the eyes of others. Alternate translation: “do not give him a respectful public greeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2JN 1 11 uhea ὁ λέγων…αὐτῷ χαίρειν 1 the one who says to him, “Greetings” “any person who gives him a respectful public greeting”
2JN 1 11 uhea ὁ λέγων…αὐτῷ χαίρειν 1 the one who says to him, “Greetings” Alternate translation: “any person who gives him a respectful public greeting”
2JN 1 11 n7zt κοινωνεῖ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς 1 shares in his evil deeds The verb **shares in** expresses the concept of assisting and helping to advance the activity of the false teacher. Alternate translation: “takes part in his evil deeds” or “helps him in his evil deeds”
2JN 1 12 gq26 figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐβουλήθην διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος 1 I did not want with paper and ink Here John leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “I did not want to write these things with paper and ink” (See: Ellipsis)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2JN 1 12 nx77 figs-metonymy διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος 1 with paper and ink John is not saying that he would rather write these things with something other than **paper and ink**. Rather, he is speaking figuratively of those writing materials to represent writing in general. He means that he wants to visit the believers personally and to continue his communication with them directly. Alternate translation: “to communicate these things in writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
everyone who goes beyond and does not remain in the teaching of Christ
John refers to **the teaching of Christ** figuratively as a place where faithful believers **remain** and also as a place that false teachers leave as they go **beyond**. The expression **goes beyond** refers to teaching new and false things that Jesus did not teach. Alternate translation: “everyone who teaches things that Jesus did not teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
Everyone who goes beyond and does not remain in the teaching of Christ
These two phrases mean the same thing, one stated positively (**goes beyond**) and the other stated negatively (**does not remain**). If it is mote natural in your language, you can reverse the order of these, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
43
2JN
1
9
xty9
figs-explicit
Θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει
1
does not have God
To **have God** means to have a relationship with God as Savior through faith in Jesus Christ. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not belong to God” or “does not have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
The one who remains in the teaching, this one has both the Father and the Son
“Someone who follows Christ’s teaching belongs to both the Father and the Son”Alternate translation: “Someone who follows Christ’s teaching belongs to both the Father and the Son”
45
2JN
1
9
xwoe
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ
1
The one who remains in the teaching
This phrase is in contrast to the previous sentence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can use a word or phrase to mark this contrast, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
46
2JN
1
9
vg19
figs-nominaladj
οὗτος
1
this one
John is using the demonstrative adjective **this** as a noun, to refer to a kind of person. ULT indicates this by adding the word **one**. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “such a person” or “that kind of person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
47
2JN
1
9
k8cv
guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν
1
the Father and the Son
These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to express these titles consistently and accurately. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
49
2JN
1
10
xafi
figs-metaphor
ταύτην τὴν διδαχὴν οὐ φέρει
1
does not bring this teaching
John is speaking of a **teaching** or a message as if it were an object that someone could **bring**. If you would not use this kind of metaphor in your language, you can use one that has the same meaning or use plain language. Alternate translation: “does not teach this same message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
50
2JN
1
10
ls1c
figs-explicit
μὴ λαμβάνετε αὐτὸν εἰς οἰκίαν
1
do not receive him into your house
John does not want the believers to accept a false teacher into their homes and, as a result, support his false teaching by showing him respect and providing for his needs. Alternate translation: “do not support him or encourage him by welcoming him into your home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
51
2JN
1
10
lbct
figs-explicit
χαίρειν αὐτῷ μὴ λέγετε
1
do not say to him, “Greetings”
John warns the believers not to greet a false teacher respectfully in public. The implication is that he does not want them to do anything that might look like they are endorsing a false teacher or that would give a false teacher good standing in the eyes of others. Alternate translation: “do not give him a respectful public greeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
52
2JN
1
11
uhea
ὁ λέγων…αὐτῷ χαίρειν
1
the one who says to him, “Greetings”
“any person who gives him a respectful public greeting”Alternate translation: “any person who gives him a respectful public greeting”
53
2JN
1
11
n7zt
κοινωνεῖ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς
1
shares in his evil deeds
The verb **shares in** expresses the concept of assisting and helping to advance the activity of the false teacher. Alternate translation: “takes part in his evil deeds” or “helps him in his evil deeds”
54
2JN
1
12
gq26
figs-ellipsis
οὐκ ἐβουλήθην διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος
1
I did not want with paper and ink
Here John leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “I did not want to write these things with paper and ink” (See: Ellipsis)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
55
2JN
1
12
nx77
figs-metonymy
διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος
1
with paper and ink
John is not saying that he would rather write these things with something other than **paper and ink**. Rather, he is speaking figuratively of those writing materials to represent writing in general. He means that he wants to visit the believers personally and to continue his communication with them directly. Alternate translation: “to communicate these things in writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -3,36 +3,36 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
3JN 1 1 rni7 figs-you 0 General Information: This is a personal letter from John to Gaius. All instances of **you** and **your** refer to Gaius and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
3JN 1 1 w99t figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 The elder This refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as the **elder** either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church. The name of the author can be made explicit: “I, John the elder, am writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3JN 1 1 lls6 translate-names Γαΐῳ 1 to … Gaius This is a fellow believer to whom John is writing this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3JN 1 1 mp9w ὃν ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 whom I love in truth “whom I truly love”
3JN 1 2 v6dv περὶ πάντων εὔχομαί σε εὐοδοῦσθαι καὶ ὑγιαίνειν 1 I pray concerning everything for you to prosper and to be healthy “I pray that you may do well in all things and be healthy”
3JN 1 2 i269 καθὼς εὐοδοῦταί σου ἡ ψυχή 1 just as your soul prospers “just as you are doing well spiritually”
3JN 1 1 mp9w ὃν ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 whom I love in truth Alternate translation: “whom I truly love”
3JN 1 2 v6dv περὶ πάντων εὔχομαί σε εὐοδοῦσθαι καὶ ὑγιαίνειν 1 I pray concerning everything for you to prosper and to be healthy Alternate translation: “I pray that you may do well in all things and be healthy”
3JN 1 2 i269 καθὼς εὐοδοῦταί σου ἡ ψυχή 1 just as your soul prospers Alternate translation: “just as you are doing well spiritually”
3JN 1 3 b4zh ἐρχομένων ἀδελφῶν 1 when brothers came “when fellow believers came.” These people were probably all male.
3JN 1 3 y7q3 figs-metaphor σὺ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ περιπατεῖς 1 you are walking in truth Here, **walking** on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Alternate translation: “you are living your life according to God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3JN 1 4 w79m figs-metaphor τὰ ἐμὰ τέκνα 1 my children John speaks of those he taught to believe in Jesus as though they were his children. This emphasizes his love and concern for them. It could also be that he himself led them to the Lord. Alternate translation: “my spiritual children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3JN 1 5 vl13 0 Connecting Statement: John’s purpose in writing this letter is to commend Gaius for taking care of people who are traveling to serve God; then he talks about two people, one evil and one good.
3JN 1 5 tmh1 ἀγαπητέ 1 Beloved Here, **Beloved** is used as a term of endearment for Gaius as a fellow believer. Use a term here for a dear friend in your language.
3JN 1 5 gs6x πιστὸν ποιεῖς 1 you are doing a faithful thing “you are doing what is faithful to God” or “you are being loyal to God”
3JN 1 5 g4gz ὃ, ἐὰν ἐργάσῃ εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τοῦτο ξένους 1 whenever you work for the brothers, and this for strangers “when you help fellow believers, especially those whom you do not know”
3JN 1 5 gs6x πιστὸν ποιεῖς 1 you are doing a faithful thing Alternate translation: “you are doing what is faithful to God” or “you are being loyal to God”
3JN 1 5 g4gz ὃ, ἐὰν ἐργάσῃ εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τοῦτο ξένους 1 whenever you work for the brothers, and this for strangers Alternate translation: “when you help fellow believers, especially those whom you do not know”
3JN 1 6 wzf6 οἳ ἐμαρτύρησάν σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐνώπιον ἐκκλησίας 1 who have borne witness of your love in the presence of the church These words describe the “strangers” (verse 5). “strangers who have told the believers in the church about how you have loved them”
3JN 1 6 pb64 οὓς καλῶς ποιήσεις, προπέμψας 1 You do well to send them on their journey John is commending Gaius for his normal practice of helping believers who are traveling. Translate this in a way that shows that this is something that Gaius does continually.
3JN 1 7 d8y1 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἐξῆλθον 1 because they went out for the sake of the name Here, **the name** refers to Jesus. This could mean: (1) they left where they were in order to tell others about Jesus. (2) they left where they were because others forced them to leave because of their belief in Jesus. (3) both of these things. Alternate translation: “since they have gone out to tell people about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3JN 1 7 yzc8 μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες 1 receiving nothing This could mean: (1) unbelievers have not helped them by giving them anything. (2) they did not accept any help or gifts from unbelievers.
3JN 1 7 hk3p τῶν ἐθνικῶν 1 the Gentiles Here, **Gentiles** does not just mean people who are not Jewish. It refers to any people who do not trust in Jesus.
3JN 1 8 d2l7 ἵνα συνεργοὶ γινώμεθα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that we become fellow workers for the truth “so that we will cooperate with them in announcing God’s truth to people”
3JN 1 8 d2l7 ἵνα συνεργοὶ γινώμεθα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that we become fellow workers for the truth Alternate translation: “so that we will cooperate with them in announcing God’s truth to people”
3JN 1 8 ab01 figs-personification τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 for the truth Here, **the truth** is spoken of here as though it were a person that John, Gaius, and others worked for. This could refer to: (1) “the true message from God” as in the UST. (2) “God, who is Truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3JN 1 9 tm9q τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 to the church Here, **the church** refers to Gaius and the group of believers who met together to worship God.
3JN 1 9 cz9d translate-names Διοτρέφης 1 Diotrephes He was a member of the congregation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3JN 1 9 s82w ὁ φιλοπρωτεύων αὐτῶν 1 who loves to be first among them “who loves to be the most important one among them” or “who loves to act as though he is their leader”
3JN 1 9 s82w ὁ φιλοπρωτεύων αὐτῶν 1 who loves to be first among them Alternate translation: “who loves to be the most important one among them” or “who loves to act as though he is their leader”
3JN 1 9 dp1v figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us The word **us** is exclusive; it refers to John and those with him and does not include Gaius. It may also be a polite way for John to refer to himself. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3JN 1 9 rrgg figs-metonymy Διοτρέφης, οὐκ ἐπιδέχεται ἡμᾶς 1 Diotrophes … does not receive us Saying **Diotrephes … does not accept us** does not mean that he has physically rejected John and those with John, but it is a shorter way of saying that he does not accept John’s authority or the instructions that John gives. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3JN 1 10 f6qj λόγοις πονηροῖς φλυαρῶν ἡμᾶς 1 accusing us with evil words “that is, that he says evil things about us that certainly are not true”
3JN 1 10 wi6a οὔτε αὐτὸς ἐπιδέχεται τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 he does not receive the brothers “he does not welcome the fellow believers”
3JN 1 10 f6qj λόγοις πονηροῖς φλυαρῶν ἡμᾶς 1 accusing us with evil words Alternate translation: “that is, that he says evil things about us that certainly are not true”
3JN 1 10 wi6a οὔτε αὐτὸς ἐπιδέχεται τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 he does not receive the brothers Alternate translation: “he does not welcome the fellow believers”
3JN 1 10 it7p figs-ellipsis τοὺς βουλομένους κωλύει 1 stops those who are willing There are words left out but they are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “he stops those who want to welcome the believers” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3JN 1 10 g98b ἐκ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκβάλλει 1 puts them out of the church “forces them to leave the group of believers”
3JN 1 10 g98b ἐκ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκβάλλει 1 puts them out of the church Alternate translation: “forces them to leave the group of believers”
3JN 1 11 a3z8 ἀγαπητέ 1 Beloved Here, **Beloved** is used as a term of endearment for Gaius as a fellow believer. See how you translated this in [3 John 1:5](../01/05.md).
3JN 1 11 pv24 μὴ μιμοῦ τὸ κακὸν 1 do not imitate what is evil “do not copy the evil things that people do”
3JN 1 11 pv24 μὴ μιμοῦ τὸ κακὸν 1 do not imitate what is evil Alternate translation: “do not copy the evil things that people do”
3JN 1 11 sz2h figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 but what is good There are words left out but they are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but imitate the good things that people do” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3JN 1 11 cm8t ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 is from God “comes from God”
3JN 1 11 cm8t ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 is from God Alternate translation: “comes from God”
3JN 1 11 zan2 figs-metaphor οὐχ ἑώρακεν τὸν Θεόν 1 has not seen God “Seeing” here is a metaphor that stands for knowing or understanding. Alternate translation: “has not experienced God” or “has not believed in God” Also see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3JN 1 12 pl7i figs-activepassive Δημητρίῳ μεμαρτύρηται ὑπὸ πάντων 1 Demetrius is borne witness to by all You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “All who know Demetrius bear witness of him” or “Every believer who knows Demetrius speaks well of him” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3JN 1 12 m22h translate-names Δημητρίῳ 1 Demetrius This is probably a man whom John wants Gaius and the congregation to welcome when he comes to visit. He may be the person delivering this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -43,6 +43,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
3JN 1 13 v27c 0 General Information: This is the end of John’s letter to Gaius. In this section, he mentions coming to see him and closes with a greeting.
3JN 1 13 am6k figs-doublet οὐ θέλω διὰ μέλανος καὶ καλάμου σοι γράφειν 1 I do not wish to write them to you with ink and pen This is a doublet, because **ink and pen** stand for the process of writing that was already mentioned. John is not saying that he would write them with something other than ink and pen. He is saying that he does not wish to write these other things at all. Alternate translation: “I do not want to write about them to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
3JN 1 14 r8i4 figs-idiom στόμα πρὸς στόμα 1 mouth to mouth Here, **mouth to mouth** is an idiom meaning “in person.” Alternate translation: “in person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3JN 1 15 v8yj εἰρήνη σοι 1 Peace to you “May God give you peace”
3JN 1 15 mhs1 ἀσπάζονταί σε οἱ φίλοι 1 The friends greet you “The believers here greet you”
3JN 1 15 lq8r ἀσπάζου τοὺς φίλους κατ’ ὄνομα 1 Greet the friends by name “Greet each of the believers there for me”
3JN 1 15 v8yj εἰρήνη σοι 1 Peace to you Alternate translation: “May God give you peace”
3JN 1 15 mhs1 ἀσπάζονταί σε οἱ φίλοι 1 The friends greet you Alternate translation: “The believers here greet you”
3JN 1 15 lq8r ἀσπάζου τοὺς φίλους κατ’ ὄνομα 1 Greet the friends by name Alternate translation: “Greet each of the believers there for me”
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
3
3JN
1
1
rni7
figs-you
0
General Information:
This is a personal letter from John to Gaius. All instances of **you** and **your** refer to Gaius and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
4
3JN
1
1
w99t
figs-explicit
ὁ πρεσβύτερος
1
The elder
This refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as the **elder** either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church. The name of the author can be made explicit: “I, John the elder, am writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5
3JN
1
1
lls6
translate-names
Γαΐῳ
1
to … Gaius
This is a fellow believer to whom John is writing this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6
3JN
1
1
mp9w
ὃν ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ
1
whom I love in truth
“whom I truly love”Alternate translation: “whom I truly love”
7
3JN
1
2
v6dv
περὶ πάντων εὔχομαί σε εὐοδοῦσθαι καὶ ὑγιαίνειν
1
I pray concerning everything for you to prosper and to be healthy
“I pray that you may do well in all things and be healthy”Alternate translation: “I pray that you may do well in all things and be healthy”
8
3JN
1
2
i269
καθὼς εὐοδοῦταί σου ἡ ψυχή
1
just as your soul prospers
“just as you are doing well spiritually”Alternate translation: “just as you are doing well spiritually”
9
3JN
1
3
b4zh
ἐρχομένων ἀδελφῶν
1
when brothers came
“when fellow believers came.” These people were probably all male.
10
3JN
1
3
y7q3
figs-metaphor
σὺ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ περιπατεῖς
1
you are walking in truth
Here, **walking** on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Alternate translation: “you are living your life according to God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11
3JN
1
4
w79m
figs-metaphor
τὰ ἐμὰ τέκνα
1
my children
John speaks of those he taught to believe in Jesus as though they were his children. This emphasizes his love and concern for them. It could also be that he himself led them to the Lord. Alternate translation: “my spiritual children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12
3JN
1
5
vl13
0
Connecting Statement:
John’s purpose in writing this letter is to commend Gaius for taking care of people who are traveling to serve God; then he talks about two people, one evil and one good.
13
3JN
1
5
tmh1
ἀγαπητέ
1
Beloved
Here, **Beloved** is used as a term of endearment for Gaius as a fellow believer. Use a term here for a dear friend in your language.
14
3JN
1
5
gs6x
πιστὸν ποιεῖς
1
you are doing a faithful thing
“you are doing what is faithful to God” or “you are being loyal to God”Alternate translation: “you are doing what is faithful to God” or “you are being loyal to God”
15
3JN
1
5
g4gz
ὃ, ἐὰν ἐργάσῃ εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τοῦτο ξένους
1
whenever you work for the brothers, and this for strangers
“when you help fellow believers, especially those whom you do not know”Alternate translation: “when you help fellow believers, especially those whom you do not know”
16
3JN
1
6
wzf6
οἳ ἐμαρτύρησάν σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐνώπιον ἐκκλησίας
1
who have borne witness of your love in the presence of the church
These words describe the “strangers” (verse 5). “strangers who have told the believers in the church about how you have loved them”
17
3JN
1
6
pb64
οὓς καλῶς ποιήσεις, προπέμψας
1
You do well to send them on their journey
John is commending Gaius for his normal practice of helping believers who are traveling. Translate this in a way that shows that this is something that Gaius does continually.
18
3JN
1
7
d8y1
figs-metonymy
ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἐξῆλθον
1
because they went out for the sake of the name
Here, **the name** refers to Jesus. This could mean: (1) they left where they were in order to tell others about Jesus. (2) they left where they were because others forced them to leave because of their belief in Jesus. (3) both of these things. Alternate translation: “since they have gone out to tell people about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19
3JN
1
7
yzc8
μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες
1
receiving nothing
This could mean: (1) unbelievers have not helped them by giving them anything. (2) they did not accept any help or gifts from unbelievers.
20
3JN
1
7
hk3p
τῶν ἐθνικῶν
1
the Gentiles
Here, **Gentiles** does not just mean people who are not Jewish. It refers to any people who do not trust in Jesus.
21
3JN
1
8
d2l7
ἵνα συνεργοὶ γινώμεθα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ
1
so that we become fellow workers for the truth
“so that we will cooperate with them in announcing God’s truth to people”Alternate translation: “so that we will cooperate with them in announcing God’s truth to people”
22
3JN
1
8
ab01
figs-personification
τῇ ἀληθείᾳ
1
for the truth
Here, **the truth** is spoken of here as though it were a person that John, Gaius, and others worked for. This could refer to: (1) “the true message from God” as in the UST. (2) “God, who is Truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
23
3JN
1
9
tm9q
τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ
1
to the church
Here, **the church** refers to Gaius and the group of believers who met together to worship God.
24
3JN
1
9
cz9d
translate-names
Διοτρέφης
1
Diotrephes
He was a member of the congregation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
25
3JN
1
9
s82w
ὁ φιλοπρωτεύων αὐτῶν
1
who loves to be first among them
“who loves to be the most important one among them” or “who loves to act as though he is their leader”Alternate translation: “who loves to be the most important one among them” or “who loves to act as though he is their leader”
26
3JN
1
9
dp1v
figs-exclusive
ἡμᾶς
1
us
The word **us** is exclusive; it refers to John and those with him and does not include Gaius. It may also be a polite way for John to refer to himself. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
27
3JN
1
9
rrgg
figs-metonymy
Διοτρέφης, οὐκ ἐπιδέχεται ἡμᾶς
1
Diotrophes … does not receive us
Saying **Diotrephes … does not accept us** does not mean that he has physically rejected John and those with John, but it is a shorter way of saying that he does not accept John’s authority or the instructions that John gives. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
28
3JN
1
10
f6qj
λόγοις πονηροῖς φλυαρῶν ἡμᾶς
1
accusing us with evil words
“that is, that he says evil things about us that certainly are not true”Alternate translation: “that is, that he says evil things about us that certainly are not true”
29
3JN
1
10
wi6a
οὔτε αὐτὸς ἐπιδέχεται τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς
1
he does not receive the brothers
“he does not welcome the fellow believers”Alternate translation: “he does not welcome the fellow believers”
30
3JN
1
10
it7p
figs-ellipsis
τοὺς βουλομένους κωλύει
1
stops those who are willing
There are words left out but they are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “he stops those who want to welcome the believers” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
31
3JN
1
10
g98b
ἐκ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκβάλλει
1
puts them out of the church
“forces them to leave the group of believers”Alternate translation: “forces them to leave the group of believers”
32
3JN
1
11
a3z8
ἀγαπητέ
1
Beloved
Here, **Beloved** is used as a term of endearment for Gaius as a fellow believer. See how you translated this in [3 John 1:5](../01/05.md).
33
3JN
1
11
pv24
μὴ μιμοῦ τὸ κακὸν
1
do not imitate what is evil
“do not copy the evil things that people do”Alternate translation: “do not copy the evil things that people do”
34
3JN
1
11
sz2h
figs-ellipsis
ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀγαθόν
1
but what is good
There are words left out but they are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but imitate the good things that people do” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
35
3JN
1
11
cm8t
ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν
1
is from God
“comes from God”Alternate translation: “comes from God”
36
3JN
1
11
zan2
figs-metaphor
οὐχ ἑώρακεν τὸν Θεόν
1
has not seen God
“Seeing” here is a metaphor that stands for knowing or understanding. Alternate translation: “has not experienced God” or “has not believed in God” Also see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
37
3JN
1
12
pl7i
figs-activepassive
Δημητρίῳ μεμαρτύρηται ὑπὸ πάντων
1
Demetrius is borne witness to by all
You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “All who know Demetrius bear witness of him” or “Every believer who knows Demetrius speaks well of him” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38
3JN
1
12
m22h
translate-names
Δημητρίῳ
1
Demetrius
This is probably a man whom John wants Gaius and the congregation to welcome when he comes to visit. He may be the person delivering this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
43
3JN
1
13
v27c
0
General Information:
This is the end of John’s letter to Gaius. In this section, he mentions coming to see him and closes with a greeting.
44
3JN
1
13
am6k
figs-doublet
οὐ θέλω διὰ μέλανος καὶ καλάμου σοι γράφειν
1
I do not wish to write them to you with ink and pen
This is a doublet, because **ink and pen** stand for the process of writing that was already mentioned. John is not saying that he would write them with something other than ink and pen. He is saying that he does not wish to write these other things at all. Alternate translation: “I do not want to write about them to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
45
3JN
1
14
r8i4
figs-idiom
στόμα πρὸς στόμα
1
mouth to mouth
Here, **mouth to mouth** is an idiom meaning “in person.” Alternate translation: “in person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
46
3JN
1
15
v8yj
εἰρήνη σοι
1
Peace to you
“May God give you peace”Alternate translation: “May God give you peace”
47
3JN
1
15
mhs1
ἀσπάζονταί σε οἱ φίλοι
1
The friends greet you
“The believers here greet you”Alternate translation: “The believers here greet you”
48
3JN
1
15
lq8r
ἀσπάζου τοὺς φίλους κατ’ ὄνομα
1
Greet the friends by name
“Greet each of the believers there for me”Alternate translation: “Greet each of the believers there for me”
REV 3 16 y9vt figs-metaphor μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 I am about to vomit you out of my mouth Rejecting them is spoken of as vomiting them **out of** the **mouth**. Alternate translation: “I will reject you as I would spit out lukewarm water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 3 17 v1pj figs-metaphor σὺ εἶ ὁ ταλαίπωρος, καὶ ἐλεεινὸς, καὶ πτωχὸς, καὶ τυφλὸς, καὶ γυμνός 1 you are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked Jesus speaks of their spiritual condition as if he were speaking about their physical condition. Alternate translation: “you are like people who are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 3 18 tmm7 ἀγοράσαι παρ’ ἐμοῦ χρυσίον πεπυρωμένον ἐκ πυρὸς, ἵνα πλουτήσῃς, καὶ ἱμάτια λευκὰ, ἵνα περιβάλῃ, καὶ μὴ φανερωθῇ ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς γυμνότητός σου, καὶ κολλούριον ἐγχρῖσαι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου, ἵνα βλέπῃς 1 Buy from me gold refined by fire so that you may become rich, and brilliant white garments so you may clothe yourself and not show the shame of your nakedness, and salve to anoint your eyes so you will see Here, **to buy** represents receiving things from Jesus that have true spiritual value. The **gold refined by fire** represents spiritual wealth. The **brilliant white garments** represents righteousness. And the **salve to anoint your eyes** represents the ability to understand spiritual things. Alternate translation: “to come to me and receive spiritual wealth, which is more valuable than gold that is refined by fire. Receive from me righteousness, which is like brilliant white garments, so that you will not be ashamed. And receive from me wisdom, which is like salve for the eyes, so that you may understand spiritual things” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
REV 3 19 sf66 ζήλευε…καὶ μετανόησον 1 be earnest and repent “be serious and repent”
REV 3 19 sf66 ζήλευε…καὶ μετανόησον 1 be earnest and repent Alternate translation: “be serious and repent”
REV 3 20 i7gy figs-metaphor ἕστηκα ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν καὶ κρούω 1 I am standing at the door and am knocking Jesus speaks about wanting people to relate to him as if he wanted them to invite him into their home. Alternate translation: “I am like one standing at the door and knocking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 3 20 sr5y translate-symaction κρούω 1 am knocking When people want someone to welcome them into their home, they **knock** on the door. Alternate translation: “I want you to let me come inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
REV 3 20 m6n2 figs-metonymy ἀκούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς μου 1 hears my voice Here, **my voice** refers to Christ speaking. Alternate translation: “hears me speak” or “hears me call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
210
REV
3
16
y9vt
figs-metaphor
μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ στόματός μου
1
I am about to vomit you out of my mouth
Rejecting them is spoken of as vomiting them **out of** the **mouth**. Alternate translation: “I will reject you as I would spit out lukewarm water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
you are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked
Jesus speaks of their spiritual condition as if he were speaking about their physical condition. Alternate translation: “you are like people who are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
Buy from me gold refined by fire so that you may become rich, and brilliant white garments so you may clothe yourself and not show the shame of your nakedness, and salve to anoint your eyes so you will see
Here, **to buy** represents receiving things from Jesus that have true spiritual value. The **gold refined by fire** represents spiritual wealth. The **brilliant white garments** represents righteousness. And the **salve to anoint your eyes** represents the ability to understand spiritual things. Alternate translation: “to come to me and receive spiritual wealth, which is more valuable than gold that is refined by fire. Receive from me righteousness, which is like brilliant white garments, so that you will not be ashamed. And receive from me wisdom, which is like salve for the eyes, so that you may understand spiritual things” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
213
REV
3
19
sf66
ζήλευε…καὶ μετανόησον
1
be earnest and repent
“be serious and repent”Alternate translation: “be serious and repent”
214
REV
3
20
i7gy
figs-metaphor
ἕστηκα ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν καὶ κρούω
1
I am standing at the door and am knocking
Jesus speaks about wanting people to relate to him as if he wanted them to invite him into their home. Alternate translation: “I am like one standing at the door and knocking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
215
REV
3
20
sr5y
translate-symaction
κρούω
1
am knocking
When people want someone to welcome them into their home, they **knock** on the door. Alternate translation: “I want you to let me come inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
216
REV
3
20
m6n2
figs-metonymy
ἀκούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς μου
1
hears my voice
Here, **my voice** refers to Christ speaking. Alternate translation: “hears me speak” or “hears me call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
See in Reader
Larry Sallee